HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENSE THE MARINERS MIRROR Wherein may plainly be seen the courses, heights, distances, depths, soundings, floods and ebbs, risings of lands, rocks, sands and shoals, with the marks for thentering of the Harbouroughs, Havens and Ports of the greatest part of Europe: their several traficks and commodities: Together with the Rules and instruments of NAVIGATION. First made & set fourth in divers exact Sea Charts, by that famous Navigator DUKE WAGENAR of Enchuisen And now fitted with necessary additions for the use of Englishmen by ANTHONY ASHLEY. Herein also may be understood the exploits lately achieved by the right Honourable the L. ADMIRAL of English with his Ma.tie Naui●●●●… and some former services done by that worthy Knight Sr. FRA. DRAKE. HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENES CASSIS TUTISSIMA VIRTUS QVAE NATURA POTEST HATTONO CONTULIT uni; ET FORT una DEDIT, QVAEDARE, CUNCTA, POTEST; CERTATIM VIRTUS CUMULUM SUPERADDIDIT ISTIS; ANGLICA DIVA TAMEN PLUS TRIBUS una DEDIT. ECQVID HABENT TANTAM SATURNIA SECULA DIVAM? ECQVID HABENT TALEM TEMPORA NOSTRA VIRUM? TO THE RIGHT HONOURABLE SIR CHRISTOPHER HATTON KNIGHT, LORD CHANCELLOR OF ENGland Knight of the noble order of the Garter, and most worthy Chancellor of the University of Oxford: my singular good Lord. RIGHT Honourable, I was long in a strange debate with myself, whether it were best for me to write some thing in excuse of this slack performance of my promise made unto your Lordship now more than a year past, for the speedy translation of Wageners two books of Navigation; or simply to present it unto your L. leaving all excuse apart, as that negligent servant of Athens, in Plutarch, who in a cloudy day being sent home in haste for his masters cloak, went therewith directly to Rome, from whence about a year after returning and watching when his master was abroad in a great shower, came running as though he had been but then sent, & cast the cloak on his masters back, saying, Sat citò si satis oportunè. Though this might somewhat fit my purpose, & was very well taken for the time as a sufficient satisfaction for the offence committed: yet in my conceit, it can not be thought but a very undutiful and reprovable part. And therefore I choose rather (as in duty it becometh) humbly to beseech your L. pardon, then to borrow any shift or colour to shadow my default: with assured hope (notwithstanding) that as I was willing to commit the error, in taking upon me a matter so far beyond my reach: So your L. willbe pleased to give ear unto such honest reasons as may make way for mine excuse in your L. grave judgement. I must then plainly and simply confess that I no sooner undertaken this work then mistake it, not considering what perfect knowledge, proper terms and peculiar phrases are necessarily and inseparably incident to the true interpretation of any Mechanical science, much more to this notable art of Hidrographie or Navigation: the want whereof did drive me to read many books, and to confer with such as either for their knowledge or experience could any ways further mine intent. But as it chanceth to busy Builders desirous to excel the Model, not forecasting such accidents as might interrupt my purpose, I was likewise much deceived even in the estimate of my labour, time, and charge of the compassing of my dessein: For by reason of my daily attendance on your L. and the rest of my Lords of her majesties most Honourable privy counsel, I was forced to take such time for this work, as I could, by stealth, both for the translation itself, and for the over-seeing of the negligent gravers: besides many other my particular and private lets. Howbeit I may assure, that (except some errors in the printing) there is herein performed the part of a faithful interpreter: and (be it spoken without prejudice to the Author) by the advise of the best experienced, have in many places amended and bettered him: Besides the fit application of the Tables to the English stile and Calculation, explained with divers familiar examples. Moreover in most of the Plots, the Sea is purposely left in blanc, because the Traveller, finding perchance some point of the Compass, risings of Lands, Depths, Soundings, or aught else mistaken; or some Rock, Sand, or other danger left out, or not rightly expressed (for nothing so perfect but hath his fault) may as he traveleth set down and correct the same with his own hand, as it shall best like himself: which doubtless willbe no small furtherance and contentment even to the best Doctors in this science. In this translation I have endeavoured by all means (which in this and all other arts ought to be used) to imitate the plainest stile and common manner of speech, as easiest to be understood of all sorts of men. But concerning the goodly science of Hidrographie how worthy of all praise it is, both in itself and in respect of the fruits thereof, as it hath heretofore appeared by Histories of time and testimonies of men: so of late hath it shined most brightly since our most famous traveilours (to their endless renown and honour of their country) have adventured the discovery of divers unknown coasts: and by the singular assistance of the Almighty God, have compassed the Globe of the whole earth: whereby (no doubt) many excellent wits have by their manifold experiences & observations contrived one perfect art: in so much as, me thinketh, there is ministered very great reason to prefer it before all other arts or sciences whatsoever. For to omit those comen commendations wherewith Gorgias and Protagoras wear wont to garnish all arts, pleasant for knowledge, profitable for practise, necessary for life: this having an excellent abundance of all these, with many other rare and peculiar virtues all redounding by the use and practise thereof, to the public benefit of the whole body of the common wealth, and each particular member in the same, hath been not only, as an Elephant, ten years in breeding, but even as much time as the world hath yet stood to come to perfection. The first invention whereof, furthered with the artificial aid of many a hidden, strange and almost supernatural devise, since added to the same by the most studious travillour and industrious Mathematician, He that would thoroughly consider, should find matter rather miraculous to wonder at, then to be thought compassable within the reach of man's Capacity: yea he may in this as in a mirror, behold the inestimable bounty and infinite goodness of God, who, of his unspeakable love towards man kind, which in his secret wisdom he had determined for the maintenance and relief of human society, hath from above powered this excellent skill and knowledge into the minds of men, only thereby to have his wonderful works known, his praises published, and his holy name from one nation to another glorified. But what do I seem to enter into the particular praise of this art, seeing things of greatest profit are set forth with least price: where the matter itself carrieth credit, the man with his comment gaineth small commendation. It should be therefore, me thinketh, a greater show of a pregnant wit then perfect judgement, with affected eloquence to commend this art, or to express how necessary the perfect knowledge thereof were for all nations. Yet if this peerless mystery be of such excellent desert, and high account to all the rest of the world, it must needs be most beneficial and acceptable unto this our native country, not only for that it is an Island, and that, one of the most famous in all the world, lying, as it wear a Triangle, in the great Ocean, environed with most dangerous waves, Races, Sands, Rocks and shoals; and having a people naturally apt and given to Seafaring: Besides many other necessary and political reasons: But for that it is the holy Sanctuary, and (almost) only refuge for the afflicted: & the blessed seat of her Sacred Majesty: whose incomparable and divine virtue, the enemies of God and man do most maliciously envy: and incessantly seek by all devilish devices & practices whatsoever to bereave us of, as of a most precious jewel; which all true Christians esteem of far greater worth and value, than all the Indian riches. Wherefore I cannot but persuade myself, but as their raging malice doth daily increase and come to height, so the means of our defence in this skill shall still be multiplied. And albeit your L. commandment and charge given me to translate these books, hath manifested your zeal and affection for this common good: yet in mine opinion it hath more highly commended and advanced the work itself, in that your Honourable approbation hath credited and authorized it. For if the Geometritians triumph, of that Oracle which Apollo gave to the inhabitants of Delos, ask counsel at his mouth for remedy of their plague: that they should double his cubick Altar: which Plato construed, that they must study Geometry: How much more ought all such as travail by Sea, and especially our English Mariners, rejoice and resolve themselves of the worthiness of this work: and hereby (no doubt) have no less cause duly and daily to pray for you by sea, than an infinite number of others her majesties good subjects, for your bounty, piety, and justice uprightly ministered do zealously by land. As for the unskilfulness in handling hereof, I have no other means to cover it, but as the Poet Accius did his shortness, who being a person of a very low stature, portrayed for himself a very tall picture: so I, being but of small desert, have gotten me a most honourable & worthy patron. Following herein Teucer, who thought himself self under the shield of Ajax: protesting, that, as by the daily most comfortable testimonies of your especial favour and goodness towards me, I am above all men living most bounden to you. So do I acknowledge me your only own, and do utterly disclaim of any manner interest in myself: which, with this; and ought else within the compass of my little power whatsoever; I humbly offer up unto your L. as a pledge of my most dewtifull and faithful affection to you & yours. And thus all together unable to satisfy myself in sufficiently expressing my thankful mind and loyal heart, with my fervent prayer I commit the rest to be supplied by the giver of all goodness, whom I most humbly beseech bountifully to reward your L. with increase of Honour and all happiness, in this world, and after a long race heroically run, a crown of everlasting honour. From the Court at S. James. 20. Octob: 1588. Your L. most Bounden and Devoted. A: Ashley. THE authors ADMONITION TO THE READER. Friendly Reader, forasmuch as all skilful and experienced in the art of Navigation, do well know, that certain of the sandy coasts and shores, as also diverse mouths & entries of rivers, aswell of Holland and Frizeland, as of Yutland (which in old time was called Cimbrica Chersonesus) and of other countries, are movable, & have not always their being in one self place, as in these Tables or charts, rightly, fitly & faithfully they are set down: I could do no less than admonish the thereof, that thou mightest diligently observe and mark them by these Maps, as things most necessary to be regarded. For it is perfectly known to all Pilots and Masters, that, by force of tempests and violence of boisterous winds, huge heaps of sand are so dispersed, that at length they are made even with the plain Seashore. Which Keteldune of North Holland, the isle Busk or Corensand, lying betwixt layers and Scylla, near the shore of East Frizland, and the better part of Ameland in this our age, do most evidently & certainly bewray. For these Sandhils are in such sort blown abroad and scattered, that at this day they can scarcely be perceived, nay they do scant differ in show from the plain low shore: especially Busk or the Isle of Corensand, which hath been so notably metamorphosed, that in a raging and wrought sea it is quite overflown at an high water. In like manner all Masters and Pilots do understand, that, by force and violence of outrageous storms (which cause most mighty and overthwart billows) diverse sandy entrances and Channels of the Sea alongst the foresaid coasts, are sometimes choked with sands, and sometimes do shift their seat. Wherefore by the law of the Sea, such places are expressly forbidden to be entered without sounding: and therefore they are called Waters of Pilotage. I have observed and marked these strange changes of late years, both in the Maze and elsewhere: and therefore do find this most true, that for the former causes, many havens are decayed, and many are altered, as the old Ripe-deep in Yutland doth sufficiently manifest the same: which having had his channel heretofore between Rim and Manu, hath it now well-near two leagues more Northward between Manu & Fanu. But these only may suffice for examples sake. And although all these and such like alterations, which have hitherto been found, are with great care faithfully corrected and reform by me in the pourtraicts and descriptions of these sea-cards: yet could I not omit this my well meaning and sincere admonition for two causes: First, that by these examples thou mightest understand, that upon the like causes, the like changes may happen: next that the unskilful and especially the envious backbiter and carper, may have no matter to cavil, nor occasion to carp: seeing that things to come, and uncertain, can by no means possible, be perfectly described. And for that it is but too apparent, how much evil speech, hatred and envy prevail in this our wretched age. I have thought good to rehearse briefly in this place the beginning and progress of this my labour. First I endeavoured by all my study, pains, diligence and care to draw the general sea-cards, and the other particular plots, exactly and faithfully, (as became me) and in the most faultless form that I could: because on them both the lives and goods of such as traffic and travill by Sea do depend. Whereby it came to pass, that many years since (be it spoken without envy) they have been so highly accounted of: that I was earnestly required and oftentimes importuned, of diverse skilful Pilots and Masters in these countries, besides many principal and rich Merchants, and owners of ships, to print and publish the same, for the furtherance of salfer seafaring, & the behoof and benefit of the inhabitants of Holland, Zealand and Frizland, which most of all use traffic by Sea. At that time for many causes, I yielded not to their requests: specially for that my mean ability was not sufficient to defray so great expense. But at length, overcome by the importunate suit of Mariners, Masters, and Merchants: but chief by reason of my sincere love and affection towards the commonweal, and posterity: with the continual instance and exhortation of many persons, of quality & judgement which egged me on, and, both with promises and performance, holp & furthered the work: I set upon it with a cheerful mind, and incessant labour: And printed the first part of this Mariner's Mirror, which containeth the whole western Navigation, to wit, of the coasts of France, England, Ireland, Scotland, Spain, Portugal etc. & published it in the year of our Lord. 1583. being dedicated to the most famous Prince of Orange of happy Memory, who took no small delight therein: and of his great bounty bestowed large allowance towards the finishing of the work begun. Wherefore presently I betook myself to the second part: being advertised in the mean time, by the skilfullest Pilots, Masters, and Mariners, with how great commendation the first part was received, and how profitable it was found, for all such as travail by Sea: which I leave to be remembered of others. Moreover I was informed by many Pilots of good credit, with how great goodliking these sea-cards were received in many other countries & kingdoms: namely by these most famous and learned men Io. Dowza Baron of Nortwick, and M. Doctor Maelson who this last year were Ambassadors for the States of the united Provinces of the low countries, unto the most renowned Queen of England: where a book of these sea-cards was presented at the Counsel table, by the most Noble Lord, My Lord Charles Howard, Baron of Effingham, Lord Admiral of England, and was esteemed by the chief personages of that grave Counsel, worthy to be translated and Printed into a language familiar to all Nations, that it might be both read and understood of all. Wherefore from that time, I purposed with myself, to perform the same, assoon as I might. Shortly after I printed and published th'other part of this MIRROR, which comprehendeth the whole Navigation of the Germane, Scottish and North Ocean, as also of the North-east and Baltik Sea. This I dedicated to the States of Holland and Westfrizland, who graciously and thankfully receiving it, rewarded me with such recompense as whilst I live I shall never be able to deserve. This encouraged me, upon the former reasons, to procure, that the descriptions of these Cards might be translated into Latin: to th'end, that, all nations, which understand that language, might reap both profit and pleasure out of the same: hoping that it will be very profitable unto all those which are studious in the knowledge of Navigation, and no less acceptable to all courteous readers, who may take liking thereof & accept of this my labour in thankful manner. Farewell, From Einchusen. 1586. OPERIS COMMENDATIO. PRIMUS inexpertis navim qui credidit Austris Tiphys, & ignotis remos lentavit in undis, Saepe vado illisam confregit in aequore puppim; Saepe errore viae, vel tempestatibus actus Praecipiti prensas amisit turbine naves. Permare securi vitam nunc quaerite Nautae. Tutum iter, ac placidos vobis dant aequora cursus, Auspicio liquido: notis iam vela licebit Portubus insinuare: imi iam forma profundi, Et vada se tangi patiuntur lumine claro: Ingenio tota ista tuo laus debita & arti, Gnaue AURIGARI, qui tam bene direxisti Per freta morigero volitantem flamine currum, Quàm si usurpatum manibusque & poplite utroque Oceani fundum ac brevia omnia perreptasses. Quinetiam, ne quid pelagi scrutator Eoi, Aut Aquilonaris desideret; è mare sese quaeque ostendat regio procul, ostendisti. Clarius in SPECULO nec se Venus ipsa tuetur, Tota in charteolo quàm sese hîc aequore Tethys. Macte, ô, Nereïdum thalamos qui intrare repostos, Ausus, & attonitas trahere ad spectacula phocas, Delphinumque subire domos. tibi caerula Prothêi Alludunt armenta; tuis Matuta gubernis Summittit fasces; te prono gurgite Doris Et mulcet rauco Tritonia buccina cantu; * Squammigenis vix nota Tesce Colao. COL â dum certius ipso Exploras adyta, ac Tethydis secreta recludis. Quò mihi Cymmerios, & subterranea Regna Damnatosque geli scopulos, duce MAGELLANO, Visere, & intactos Austri penetrare recessus? Quò Stygios tentare Lacus? Apage Argonautas Hesperios: satis, extremâ, mî, haerere Celocis part tuae; satis est, Tabulas ex ordine pictas Spectantem, Arctoi posituram discere Nereî, Et nosti convexa Poli. Quis novit? an olim RIPHAEI hinc quoque se retegant, LUCA indice, MONTES Pacatos ubi HYPERBOREOS videamus, Iberas Quò necdum ulla rates Cynosura aut Linea duxit. THE SAME ENGLISHED IN PRAISE OF THE WORK. TIphis, who first set sail to the winds which blasted yet untried, And first bended his oars, in streams which waved yet unknown▪ Oft did he bruise his keel, on shoals, and oft upon hard rocks, Oft by the course not kept, or mayn-storme mightily driving, With furious whirlwinds, his ships made wrack in a tempest. Now Mariners henceforth at Sea may ye live very careless, For that a safe journey cleared from dangerous extremes, Is for ye prepared. For now may ye into good harbour Hale even at pleasure now doth lo the form o'th' mayn-deepe, And all shoals proffer themselves to be clearly beholden. All this praise is dew to thy wit, to thy pains, to thy charges, Ingenious Wagener, which hast so worthily guided, That Wagon on Mayn-sea which winds cause fly to the compass: As if upon thy both hands and knees with curious insight Strongly thyself hadst crept, and searched out th' Ocean althrough. Moreover unless that peradventure a Searcher of East-seas, Or Northern passage, should want any thing that he searcheth: Thou showst each Region far of, what sort it ariseth. Nor Venus in Mirror could view herself any clearer, Then Tethys in this Glass may well discern her apeeraunce: Hold on amain valiant courage with virtue advanced, Thou that durst the secret closet of Seagoddeses enter, And draw th'astonished sea-calves to the gaze to behold thee. And lodge with Dolphins in the deep: thee th'azured whole skulls Of Proteus pasture reverence: Matuta the Sea-queene, Yields thee up her Regiment: Lady Doris stoops lo thy handmaid, Neptune's Musicien studieth with his horn to delight thee: Whiles thou a more certain searcher then Cola the straunge-fish Searchest out th'entries scant known to the meinie o fishes, And openest th'hidden secrets of th'old Lady Tethys. What profit in searching dark realms, sited under horizon: And Rocks condemned to be pinched with a frost never ending: Or to go with Magelan to the South sea passages utmost. What profit in Styx lake? I'll none of your Argos aventurs Western discoverers: 'tis enough for me t'have a corner In this swift caravel to behold these Tables in order: And learn how Northern Nereus hath spread many branches. And what in our regions th'heights are: who knows whither oneday This Luke's discovery shall raze those Riphean hil-topps Where the Hyperborean longliud people are to be found out: Though thither yet no star, nor lead, hath led any Spaignard. A NOTE OF CERTAIN WONDERED and most dangerous places in the Sea, which Wagenar hath set down in his Epistle to the Prince of Orange. Among the marvelous works, that the Almighty God hath created both upon and in the Sea, by, and alongst all coasts: besides all other dangers whereunto the seafaring men are subject, as tempests, storms, winds, sands, rocks, etc.: there are certain places, where the waves and floods, do so encounter each other, and engoulph themselves with such violence and swiftness, that many ships, men and goods have been cast away ere they were ware of them. The principal & most perilous of all, is the Maelstreame, well or Slorp, called the Mouskstream, which lieth on the back side of Norway, in 68 degrees on the northside of an Island or Rock called Weeray. This well draweth the water unto itself during the whole flood (which is the space of six hours and twelve minutes) with such an indraught and force, and with such a noise, thorough the tumbling & falling of the waves and streams the one upon the other that it is rather to wonder at then to write of. So that during that time, with in the space of more than two leagues round about that Rock of Mousk (under which that water floweth) no ship or other vessel may come near, for they should to their utter destruction be drawn into it & swallowed up. But all the time of the Ebb, the water is so strongly cast up again, that no kind of substance or metal, how heavy so ever it be, can there sink. So that the Northern Fishers at that time do with their jollen or fishing boats, take many and strange form fishes, which they draw unto their boats with hooks & lines, which they have ready laid for that purpose: for that, during the ebb, they cannot return into the gulf, nor get under the water by any means. The Northern people that inhabit about those Rocks, do think, that that stream passeth away underneath a part of Norway unto the North bottom in East Finland: because in that place there is likewise such a Maelstream, though not algether so strong nor dangerous: where the like fishes are taken and the water is in like sort troublesome, as it is underneath and about the Rock of Mousk. whereupon many experimented Pilots, do call the said Slorp the Navel of the sea: which causeth the course of the Ebbs and Floods about all the lands that are on this Northside of the Equinoctial, as the most convement place for that purpose to spread the water's South, North, East and west, that is to say, Northerly towards the Pole artic: South easterly on the backside of Russia and Tartary, towards the strait of the great South-sea called Mar del Sur: wherein the Spicery Islands called the Moluccas, near the Equinoctial are lying: Southwards, towards the North-sea of these Low countries: as also on the backside of Scotland, and Ireland, towards the Spanish and Atlantic seas: And towards the Northwest beyond Izland towards Furbushers straits, where it is thought the way unto Catay may be found. There are more over to be feared upon the western seas very dangerous streams and goulphs, as is the Ras of Portland, where oft times happeneth such a turning and tumbling of waves and streams, that the Ships which pass that way are many times in great peril. Moreover the Ras of Blancquert between Normandy and the Isle of Alderney, roareth and rageth so dangerously, that many ships fall therein headlong so deep, that suddenly they are swallowed up and sunk unto the very bottom. The Ras of Founteney is more dangerous than all these, wherein many small vessels & barks of Britteny & of other countries are suddenly devoured and cast away. And the entrance of the Garronne, called the River of Bourdeaux, between the to w rs of Cordam and the Southern & Northern Asses, is likewise very perilous and many ships do often perish there, if the Pilots be not skilful & well acquainted with the place. And these be the most dangerous goulphs and streams in the northern and western seas, whereof it behoveth the seafaring man to take special heed. ❧ A TABLE OF THE SEVERAL CHAPTERS, DESCRIPTIONS AND CHARTS OF THE FIRST part of this Mariner's Mirror. OF the use and practise of these books. Page. 1 Of the special property of the sea. Page. 2 An exhortation to the apprentizes of the art of Navigation. Page. 3 A table of the golden number and of the Epacts. Page. 4 How to find the Epact without an Almenack. Page. 4 How to find the new Moon from 1588. to 1600 Page. 4 A table for the new Moons for the Meridian of London. Page. 5 A way to find out the new Moon without either Calendar or Ephemerides. Page. 6 Of the declination of the Sun & the use thereof Page. 6 Of the use of the Table for the Suns declina: Page. 7 The 4. tables for the suns declination. Page. 8 To find out the new Moon and the age of the Moon at all times, according to the ancient computation, without either Calendar or Ephemerides. Page. 9 Of the fixed Stars and their use. Page. 11 A Catalogue of the chief fixed stars. Page. 12 A table of the right assentions of the Sun, to find out the hours of the night by the moon. Page. 14 Certain fixed stars that best fit the Cross staff. Page. 14 A way to find out the height of the Pole, by the stars which are within the Tropics declining from the equinoctial. Page. 15 A declaration of the instrument following. Page. 16 Of the making of all manner of sea cross staves. Page. 18 The making of a Crosse-staff for sundry South Stars. Page. 18 How to make and use a true and perfect Sea-Charte. Page. 20 THE courses and distances of all the Sea coasts of Holland, Zealand, France and Spain. Page. 22 The courses of England, Ireland and Scotland. Page. 22 divers and sundry courses over the Western seas Page. 23 The courses of Norway, Swedland, and East Finland. Page. 23 divers courses over the Baltic or Eastern sea. Page. 23 The courses of Frizeland, Yutland, Pomerland, Curland, and Lyfland. Page. 24 The courses on the backside of Moscovy and generally of all our traficks. Page. 24 A table of the Altitudes, or Latitudes of the Pole of the most famous places, points, and capes. Page. 25 An explication of the common table of the tides. Page. 26 What Moon maketh full Sea upon the coasts of Yutland, Frizeland, Holland, and Zealand. Page. 26 Full sea upon the coasts of Flaunders, Normandy, Britain, Gascoyn, Biscay, Gallicia, Portugal, and Spain. Page. 26 Full sea upon all the coasts of England, Scotland, and Ireland. Page. 26 An instruction to know how many leagues you sail upon every point of the compass for a degree. Page. 27 A declaration of the table following. Page. 27 The compass and table of the ebbing and flowing of the Sea. Page. 27 A compass, and table to find out the Tides of all coasts. Page. 27 A declaration of the table which containeth all the full seas & falling waters upon the same point of the Compass. Page. 29 The perfect table or tide Chart. Page. 30 The ebbs and falling waters a-longst the coasts of Frizeland, Holland, Zealand, and Flaunders. Page. 32 Falling water a-longst the North coasts of Scotland, and England. Page. 32 Falling water between Britain and France. Page. 32 Falling water a-longst the west coasts of England and Ireland. Page. 32 A perfect description of the depths and soundings near to divers provinces of our Navigation. Page. 33 A description of the soundings and grounds, between Ireland, England, and Normandy. Page. 34 A description of the depths of the North Seas from the North Foreland. Page. 35 The depth of the North Ocean near Yutland and Ameland. Page. 35 The soundings and grounds of Yutland, near the Schagen or Scaw. Page. 36 The depths and grounds of the Baltic or Eastern sea. Page. 36 The Plots or Sea Charts. A Description and general sea Chartley of all the coasts of the greatest part of Europe. Page. 1 Of the form and fashion of Buys, Beakons, and other marks. Page. 1 Of the Vlie and the Maersdeepe. Page. 2 Of the Maze, the Goere, and the Vere. Page. 3 Of the sea coasts of Flaunders. Page. 4 Of the Isles of Alderney, Garnzey and jersey, and the Quasquets etc. Page. 5 Of the sea coasts between S. malos, and beyond the port of Roscou. Page. 6 Of Conquer, Breast and Fontenay. Page. 7 The wonderful coasts of britain. Of the South coasts of britain, between Blauet and Picquelier, with Bellisle and Groy. Page. 8 Of the sea coasts of Picquelier, Rochel, Brovage as far as the River of Bourdeaux. Page. 9 Of the sea coasts of Acason, Bayon, and the Eastern part of Biscay unto Castro. Page. 10 Of the sea costs between Laredo and Sentilliana. Page. 11 Of the sea coasts between Rio de Sella, and Auiles. Page. 12 Of the sea coasts of Ribadeos, Biviero and Luarca. Page. 13 Of Corunna called the Groin, Ferolis and Monsy, the chiefest Ports of Gallicia. Page. 14 Of the coasts of Gallicia, from the Cape of Finisterre to Camino. Page. 15 Of the sea coasts of the North parts of Portugal, from Viana, to Cape de Montego. Page. 16 Of the sea coasts of the most notable part of Portugal, viz. from the Burlings to beyond S. Yves. Page. 17 Of the sea coasts of Algarbes the Southern part of Portugal. Page. 18 Of the sea coasts and havens of Andaluzia. Page. 19 Of the sea coasts from the Surlings the farthest part of England to Plymouth. Page. 20 Of the sea coasts of England, between Plymouth and Portland. Page. 21 Of the sea coasts between the Isle of Wight and Dover. Page. 22 THE TABLE OF THE SECOND PART. OF the Thames mouth with all the sands & shoals unto Harwic●. I The North coasts of England between walderswick and Burnam. two The coasts and Channels of Lyn, Hull, Fyly and Scharborough., III Of the Northermost coasts of England from Scharborough to Newcastle. IIII The sea coasts between Bambourgh and Aberdein. V Of the Southermost part of Norway & the coasts adjoining. VI Of the Northern parts of the East sea coasts of Norway, and the coasts adjoining. VII Of the north-east countries, where the Maelstrand is the chiefest Port. VIII Of the principallest part of Denmark, wherein standeth Copen-haven. IX Of Bleckside and Calmer-sound at the entrance of Swedland! X Of Westerwick about the Mount of the Swethish Yunckfrow the beginning of the Shares. XI ●he Sea coasts between wyburgh and the narve, the farthest part of the Belt. XII Of Lyfland about Revel and Moonsound, and of the coasts adjoining. XIII Of Right and Parnout, and of the Islands adjoining. XIIII Of the Isle of Oesel lying between the Belt and the Bay of Right. XV Of Prusland whereof Dantzick is the chiefest Mart. XVI Of the coasts of Pomerland and the countries adjoining. XVII Of the Newdeep that stretcheth up to Statin and Mesound: and the sea coasts of Metellenburgh, Lubick, the Belt, Greensound, Moon, etc. XVIII Of the Belt and all the Islands, Rocks, and shoals, between Lalands riff and Steuens head. XIX The uttermost coasts of Yutland opposite to Norway. XX Of the sea coasts of Yutland, with the Islands thereunto belonging. XXI Of Iderst, Ditmers, and the sea coasts adjoining. XXII Of the sea coasts of Fryzland, with the Rivers of Weser and Emes, and of Schalbalch. XXIII OF THE USE AND PRACTISE OF THIS BOOK. Whosoever will use these Charts of seafaring as they ought, and as the practice itself requireth: must first know and diligently mark, that the several arisings and appearing of every country are particularly portrayed in the uppermost part of the Chart, or else, where is greatest room: and sometimes in the map following for the fitness of the place: as appeareth in the chart of Flaunders, where the chief appearances of Holland and Zealand are set down in the uppermost part of the chart, in the same fashion as they show and appear first, to those which come from the sea, which may be known by mountains, valleys, woods, hills, cliffs, towers, cities, beacons, or capes, etc. But after that the coast is descried, a skilful Pilot must consider, how he may sail thither: and upon what point of the compass the haven or river lieth: what banks, shoals, tail sands, rocks under and above water, what blind rocks you must shun, and what depth is near the shore. And being come nearer, what shore marks, steeples, windmills, hills and cliffs, & what trees are to be brought in one to come to the true depth or channel. Moreover how the Buys be set near the havens or rivers both in going out and coming in, and how far they lie one from another. And that is expressed at large and in good order in the several description of every chart. And seeing that many which were never at Sea will not without cause marvel when they see these particular maps, why in some coasts, rivers, and other Inland waters, the towns, towers, rocks, and other marks or signs do seem on one side to stand upright, and on the other side clean contrary: The gentle Reader shall understand that in the particular charts I have treated little thereof, as a matter not incident to the treaty of Navigation. But forasmuch as Pilots, Shipmasters, Mariners, and many others (whom it specially concerneth) which set out daily to the seas, have hitherto continually used, & as yet do always use the like charts: so that with the least alteration thereof they may often put in danger their ship & goods: I thought it not requisite by and by to change the same: although I know and have proved for certainty, that it will seem very absurd and against reason to all cunning & skilful men: whom I earnestly desire for that cause to have me excused: lest by reason of the strangeness and such doubtful alteration, those which go to the sea should be brought to any doubt or confusion, whereby many dangers and discommodities might ensue. And let it not seem strange to any if peradventure some of the sea coasts, havens, countries, etc. appear not so fully and plainly, and show themselves as indeed they are, and as they are portrayed in our several charts. For albeit (besides mine own skill and experience) I have conferred and shown whatsoever is contained in this book to divers Shipmasters and expert Pilots, and have corrected the same by their notes, who according to their several experience and judgement, have praised and allowed all these several charts: which since that I have published in the same form: yet because it is natural for men to be deceived, & for that divers men have not only divers opinions, but also evident faults: perhaps many errors willbe found in this book, which a painful and diligent Pilot will easily amend, seeing it is far easier to correct that which is already invented, then to frame a new. ❧ OF THE SPECIAL PROPERTY OF THE SEA, WHICH aswell IN times past, as at this present maketh many to wonder. NO man doubteth that the waves of the great Ocean, and the force of the stream (notwithstanding a contrary wind) do always come from the Northwest, and flow very swiftly upon all the sea coasts, & in the seas of our usual navigation. The waves are mounted on such an height, and separated so far asunder, that when two ships are parted by such waves, each others masts and tops cannot be seen: which happeneth commonly at a still water, or calm weather. And these waves are so far distant, that you cannot shoot from one ship to another with a Caliver. Moreover in all the straits or Levant sea, the waves always drive, and rise up against the coasts, creeks, and shores, and also the little streams and rivers (notwithstanding a contrary wind) always roll up against the shore: a thing doubtless, strange & wonderful. But yet I think that no man hath hitherto (as far as I know) certainly declared or defined the natural cause of this motion. Wherefore in few words I will declare my opinion hereof. The cause of this motion may proceed (without prejudice to other men's opinions) from the Northwest quarter: because many tempests and storms arise in the North and Northwest countries, by reason of the coldness and intemperature of the air, land and sea: from whence blow such mighty and forcible winds, driving and beating the sea and the waves thereof with such might, that no contrary wind can stop or resist the course or tossing thereof: and that happeneth by reason of the continual succession of the waves and surges which drive one another from a coast so far off. But some man may demand why it proceedeth not rather from the south-west, where the sea is widest and largest: who may be thus answered: That the sun with his natural heat doth so temper and moderate the winds, surges and waves under the South Climates, that there cannot arise such great tempests. For it is seen and proved by daily experience in the Indian Navigation, that the sun being high in the South Climates, doth make the weather calm, and the waters smooth. Contrariwise, the sun being in the North and Northwest hath no such force, but yieldeth lesser heat: which may be the cause why the waves are always troublesome Northwestward, and come rolling about all the sea coasts of Europe. But I believe that a ship far from the shore, and under sail in the midst of the Northwest sea, perceiveth no such matter. But when you draw near or about Newfound land, you shall doubtless find again that the floods and narrow seas within the land are stirred up and flow from the north-east. And this, gentle Reader, is my opinion hereof, submitting myself to the better censure of other men. But the secrets of Almighty God, the only creator and governor of all things, are so incomprehensible and insearcheable, although we behold the heavens, the air, the land & seas: that we are altogether unable, in respect of his omnipotency, or rather unworthy to judge or set down any certainty thereof: but so far as our endeavour and the compass of our humane wit given us of God can naturally conceive, and no farther. The rest we most humbly refer to his divine majesty, until we are changed from this miserable and wretched life. ❧ AN EXHORTATION TO the Apprentices of the Art of Navigation. THe first and chiefest way to attain to the perfect skill and science of Navigation, is, whensoever any Shipmaster or Mariner shall set forth from land out of any River or Haven, diligently to mark, what buildings, Castles, Towers, Churches, Hills, Balls, Downs, Windmills, or other marks are standing on the land. All which, or many of them, let him portray with his pen, how they bear, and how far distant: but upon the true and certain points of the Compass, upon which he first set sail, and shaped his course, whilst yet every mark on the land may be clearly and evidently perceived, to the end the true arising thereof may be the better had. He must also very often cast the Lead, that he may most exactly note in his Compt-booke, how far off, all the shoals and sands lie from the shore. In like manner must he proceed that describeth, and arriveth towards any other country, to wit: assoon as the arising and show of the land, be it high or low, with the beacons and other marks may be plainly perceived: straightway must he compare them all with those our charts and Tables. And when the Coast is thus known either wholly or in part: then must he warily and diligently endeavour to seek out and find the true depth and channel by certain Marks, Towers, Churches, Beakons, etc. which are found almost at every port, entry, cape or point: and no less heedfully consider, how his course lieth inwards and outwards. Any Mariner that will diligently, and with understanding practise these precepts, shall attain the true skill and science of Navigation. For that which any man either young or old exerciseth, searcheth out and observeth himself, sticketh faster in memory, then that which he learneth of others. Notwithstanding let him not neglect, nor shame to inquire of the Master of the ship, and other men exercised in this study, the situation of countries, the courses upon several points, the depths or soundings, and the elevations of the Pole: and practise with the Cross staff, and Astrolabe. The which two, are the principal instruments (next the Compass) that belong to safe and skilful seafaring. This admonition and instruction is here set down, only for the help and furtherance of young beginners in this Art. A TABLE OF THE PRIME, OR GOLden number, and of the Epact according to either computation. Away to find out the Golden number, without Ephemerides or Calendar. Golden Numb. New Epacts Th'old Epacts 1 1 11 2 12 22 3 23 3 4 4 14 5 15 25 6 26 6 7 7 17 8 18 28 9 29 9 10 10 20 11 21 1 12 2 12 13 13 23 14 24 4 15 5 15 16 16 29 17 27 7 18 8 18 19 19 29 IF you will find out the golden number of the year of our Lord 1588. cast away 1500. years, and divide the 88 that remaineth by 19 (which is the full number of the circle of the Moon) and there remaineth 12. which is the golden number of this year to which for every year following add one until you come to 19 which is the last number of the Circle of the Moon. Then reckon again the number in order viz. 1. 2. 3. etc. This golden number is called the circle of the moon, because in the space of 19 years, the Moon after having made all her changes and conjunctions with the Sun, and passed thorough the signs of the Zodiac, beginneth again to change, almost at the very same hour and day as before. How to find out the Epact without an Ephemerides, or Almanac, according to the new stile. YOu must have the Golden number ready in your mind by the former rule, which you shall reckon upon the joincts of your thumb, from the lowest to the uppermost: and if your account do end at the lowest joint the Golden number and the Epact shallbe one. But if it end upon the second, add x. to the Golden number, which being put together make the Epact for that year: But if it endeth on the highest joint add .20. to the golden number and so being put together, you have the Epact: But if it pass .30. cast that away and keep the remainder for your Epact. For example. I would know the Epact of the year 1588. I find the Golden number to be 12. by the rule aforesaid: which being reckoned endeth upon the uppermost joint of the thumb: and therefore do I add 20. to the Golden number which maketh 32. so that 2. is the Epact for that year, which is also expressed in the former table. That you may learn the time of the new Moon rightly from the year .1588. to the year 1606. Seek in the Table following the Golden number of the year for which you seek in the first Colomne, and you shall find in the side entrance the new Moons for the whole year through all the months, what day, hover and minute they are, (which as Wagenar made according to the new stile & Calculated for the Meridian of Enchuysen, so here they are reduced to the old stile and calculated to the Meridian of London,) It happeneth sometimes that two new moons are in one month, which the Table will show. But after the time of 1606. is expired: this Table giveth you the new Moons according to the middle or equal motion of both lights upon the same day, but deducting an hour and a half, and having regard to the Leap year. A TABLE OF THE NEW MOONS FOR THE MERIDIAN OF LONDON. Golden Numb. januarie Februare March. April. May. june. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. 1596 1 18 22 11 17 14 46 18 6 8 16 22 38 16 14 19 45 5 16 2 7 10 24 5 22 38 7 11 18 6 2 14 5 16 58 4 7 52 3 26 11 58 24 22 23 26 9 26 24 21 12 24 10 3 22 23 56 4 16 4 8 14 14 1 15 23 2 14 8 5 13 17 35 12 8 26 5 5 17 38 4 5 56 4 15 49 3 0 12 1/34 7/15 49/●8 30 0 33 6 23 17 5 22 6 13 23 16 34 22 1 3 21 8 0 19 15 4 7 12 19 38 11 14 5 12 4 38 11 15 56 11 0 48 9 8 21 1603 8 1/●1 19/14 19/38 No N. M. 2 9 2 1 0 58 29 23 59 28 8 25 9 20 14 38 19 8 50 20 2 1 18 18 38 18 10 8 16 20 38 10 8 20 44 7 11 58 9 3 5 7 19 36 7 11 11 6 2 4 1606 11 27 19 31 26 8 55 27 22 11 26 11 58 26 2 50 24 18 0 1588. 12 17 10 13 15 23 34 16 13 95 15 5 4 14 20 33 13 11 51 13 6 1 7 4 11 34 5 22 25 4 10 25 3 23 14 2 12 56 14 25 3 22 23 13 13 24 22 18 23 8 27 22 18 41 21 6 29 15 14 18 1 13 5 28 14 14 38 12 23 13 12 7 29 10 16 7 16 4 3 55 2 18 18 3 6 18 1 15 58 1/30 0/7 0/20 28 14 55 17 22 0 17 20 16 23 22 5 33 20 16 3 20 0 20 18 7 44 18 11 0 10 9 19 21 11 12 48 10 2 24 9 14 41 8 0 10 1595 19 29 18 50 28 13 20 13 6 34 27 22 8 28 11 16 26 21 55 Golden Numb. july. August. Septemb. October. novemb. Decemb. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. Da. Ho. Mi. 1596 1 14 18 38 13 5 53 11 16 22 11 2 24 9 12 23 8 22 50 2 3 22 38 2 13 3 1/30 ●/●5 49/38 30 3 42 28 14 51 38 1 34 3 22 14 52 21 6 28 19 22 18 19 13 44 18 4 50 17 16 55 4 11 16 50 10 7 14 8 23 22 8 16 57 7 10 32 7 3 9 5 29 11 32 28 0 56 36 17 2 26 11 11 25 6 18 35 0 48 6 18 22 38 17 8 12 15 20 12 15 11 14 14 5 51 14 0 14 7 8 14 59 6 21 38 5 6 59 4 18 18 3 7 24 2 23 59 1603 8 27 15 53 26 0 4 24 7 38 23 18 7 22 6 38 21 21 39 9 16 6 53 14 16 38 13 0 38 12 9 28 10 19 38 10 7 16 10 5 14 59 4 3 23 2 15 34 2/3● 1/3● 20/2● 29 19 38 29 7 48 1606 11 24 8 46 22 22 23 21 13 3 21 1 41 19 13 28 18 23 43 1588. 12 13 2 58 11 16 38 10 5 32 9 17 7 8 4 16 7 14 50 13 2/31 1/●6 ●7/3● 30 10 58 29 2 7 28 16 38 27 5 24 26 17 1 14 20 20 23 19 11 29 18 4 0 17 21 29 16 14 8 16 5 8 15 10 2 11 8 14 23 7 5 0 6 21 26 5 15 59 5 10 25 16 28 23 41 25 10 18 26 23 38 24 15 50 23 10 25 23 5 46 17 17 15 10 15 22 51 14 8 25 13 20 28 12 11 33 12 5 10 18 7 8 3 5 15 38 3 23 14 3 8 21 1 19 22 1/●1 ●/1 ●6/5 1595 19 26 7 38 24 16 3 23 0 44 22 9 41 20 20 4 20 6 57 A way TO FIND OUT THE LEAP YEAR WITHOUT either Calendar or Ephemerides. Divide the years of our Lord by 4. and if nothing remain after the division, that year is Leap year, but if the number of 1. 2. or 3. shall remain, it signifieth what year it is after the Leap year. As for example. Take the year since the Nativity of Christ, 1588. which being divided by 4. nothing remaineth, wherefore it is Leap year. And the year 1589. the first after the Leap year. The year 1590. the second, & the year 1591. the third. But the year 1592. shall be a Leap year again, and so forwards. OF THE DECLINATION OF THE Sun, and the use thereof. FOr as much as for many and weighty causes ten days are once for ever cut off from the year by certain Monarches of Europe as needless, that thereby the Equinoctial or Solstitial points might be brought to the same days of the month as of old time they were, in the time of the Nicene council: and so the 4. seasons of the year (viz.) the Spring, Summer, Harvest, and Winter, begin on the same days as they were wont. And furthermore as the appearances and suppositions of the 8. sphere do show a manifest inequality in the greatness of the sun: so in continuance of time, as apparent an alteration is perceived in his greatest obliquation. For by the observations of Erarosthenes, Hipparchus, and Ptolemy, of which, the two first lived a little before the beginning of the Roman Empire: and the third, a little after: the greatest obliquation of the sun was found to be almost even with his utmost declination: so that in the time of julius Caesar, and the beginning of the Roman Empire, the greatest was of 23. degrees, and 52 minutes. But afterward it decreased by little and little, as plainly appeareth by the observations of Albaregnius, and since by Arzahel the Spaniard, Almeon, Almanzor, Prophatius the jew, and many others, which for this last hundred years, by the diligent study, and observing of George Purbachius, johannes Regiomontanus, Vernerus, Copernicus, etc. is yet found still decreasing: so that at this time, it is well near upon the last and farthest point, (viz.) in 23. degrees, and 28. minutes, or at least wanting a few seconds. Therefore Wagener thought it not impertinent to set down the table of the declination of the Sun for the behoof of all Pilots, Shipmasters, and all kind of Sailors, aswell according to the right course of the sun, as this apparent obliquation of our time: hoping that he should do therein that which should be acceptable, and not unprofitable unto them. But it hath since been thought fit for us in England to follow our ancient and accustomed stile, not acknowledging any such perfection of the Gregorian reformation. ❧ OF THE USE OF THE Table following for the suns declination. FIrst you must know whether it be a Leap year, or the first, second, or third year after the Leap year: and when you understand the same, entering the Table of that year, you shall seek out your purposed month and day in the top and side titles: for the common Angle will show the declination of the sun, for the same day, northward from the 10. of March to the 13. of September, and southward from the 13. of September to the 10. of March, and these days are marked thus ✚. Now if you desire to know the latitude of any country or height of the Pole, take the meridian height of the sun by your Astrolabe or Cross staff, and it will show the distance of the sun from the Zenith, or highest point. And if the declination of the sun be Northward the same day, add it to the distance of the sun from the Zenith. But contrariwise deduct it again if the declination be Southward, and you shall have the latitude of that place, or the altitude of the Pole. As for example. Wagener in the year 1583. the 21. of january, took by Astrolabe at Enchuysen the meridian altitude of the sun about 20. degrees, and 50. minutes: wherefore the distance thereof from the Zenith is near 69. degrees, and 10. minutes. In the Table of the declination of the Sun the third year after the Leap year, he found the same day (after his account) the obliquation of the sun in 17. & 20. minutes southward, which being deducted from the distance of the sun from the Zenith, because it is Southward, there remain 52. degrees, and 50. minutes, which is the latitude or altitude of the Pole of the City of Enchuysen. In the year 1588. the 8. of july, at London the meridian altitude of the Sun was observed 59 degrees, 28. minutes. Wherefore his distance from the Zenith is 30. degrees, 32. minutes. In the Table of the suns declination for the Leap year I find for that day the Sun's Northern Obliquation 21. degrees, 2. minutes, which added to the suns distance from the Zenith, because it is Northerly, maketh the whole 51. degrees 34. minutes, which is the true latitude of the place, or altitude of the Pole for the City of London. ❧ THE DECLINATION OF THE SUN, for the first year after the Leap year. januarie. February March. April. May. june. july. August. September October. novem. Decemb. Da. De. Mi Da. De Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi Da. De. Mi Da. De Mi. Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da De. Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi 1 21 43 1 13 48 1 3 30 1 8 27 1 17 55 1 23 6 1 22 9 1 15 21 1 4 36 1 7 2 1 17 31 1 23 3 2 21 33 2 13 28 2 3 7 2 8 49 2 18 10 2 23 10 2 22 1 2 15 3 2 4 13 2 7 25 2 17 47 2 23 8 3 21 23 3 13 8 3 2 44 3 9 11 3 18 25 3 23 14 3 21 53 3 14 45 3 3 50 3 7 48 3 18 3 3 23 12 4 21 12 4 12 48 4 2 20 4 9 32 4 18 40 4 23 17 4 21 44 4 14 27 4 3 27 4 8 11 4 18 19 4 23 16 5 21 1 5 12 27 5 1 56 5 9 53 5 18 54 5 23 20 5 21 35 5 14 8 5 3 4 5 8 33 5 18 35 5 23 19 6 20 50 6 12 6 6 1 32 6 10 14 6 19 8 6 23 22 6 21 26 6 13 49 6 2 41 6 8 55 6 18 50 6 23 22 7 20 38 7 11 45 7 1 8 7 10 35 7 19 22 7 23 24 7 21 16 7 13 30 7 2 18 7 9 17 7 19 5 7 23 24 8 20 26 8 11 24 8 0 45 8 10 56 8 19 35 8 23 25 8 21 6 8 13 11 8 1 55 8 9 39 8 19 19 8 23 25 9 20 13 9 11 3 9 0 21 9 11 17 9 19 48 9 23 26 9 20 55 9 12 51 9 1 32 9 10 1 9 19 33 9 23 26 10 19 59 10 10 41 10 0 3 ✚ 10 11 37 10 20 0 10 23 27 10 20 44 10 12 31 10 1 8 10 10 23 10 19 47 10 23 27 11 19 45 11 10 19 11 0 27 11 11 57 11 20 12 11 23 28 11 20 33 11 12 11 11 0 45 11 10 45 11 20 0 11 23 28 12 19 31 12 9 57 12 0 51 12 12 17 12 20 24 12 23 28 12 20 21 12 11 51 12 0 21 ✚ 12 11 6 12 20 13 12 23 28 13 19 16 13 9 35 13 1 15 13 12 37 13 20 36 13 23 28 13 20 9 13 11 31 13 0 3 13 11 27 13 20 26 13 23 27 14 19 1 14 9 13 14 1 38 14 12 57 14 20 47 14 23 27 14 19 57 14 11 11 14 0 27 14 11 48 14 20 38 13 23 26 15 18 46 15 8 51 15 2 1 15 13 17 15 20 58 15 23 26 15 19 44 15 10 50 15 0 51 15 12 9 15 20 50 15 23 24 16 18 31 16 8 29 16 2 24 16 13 36 16 21 8 16 23 24 16 19 31 16 10 29 16 1 15 16 12 29 16 21 1 16 23 21 17 18 16 17 8 7 17 2 47 17 13 55 17 21 18 17 23 22 17 19 17 17 10 8 17 1 38 17 12 49 17 21 12 17 23 19 18 18 0 18 7 44 18 3 10 18 14 14 18 21 28 18 23 19 18 19 3 18 9 47 18 2 1 18 13 9 18 21 23 18 23 16 19 17 44 19 7 21 19 3 33 19 14 33 19 21 38 19 23 16 19 18 49 19 9 26 19 2 24 19 13 29 19 21 34 19 23 13 20 17 28 20 6 58 20 3 56 20 14 51 20 21 47 20 23 12 20 18 35 20 9 5 20 2 47 20 13 49 20 21 44 20 23 9 21 17 11 21 6 35 21 4 19 21 15 9 21 21 56 21 23 8 21 18 20 21 8 45 21 3 11 21 14 9 21 21 53 21 23 4 22 16 54 22 6 12 22 4 42 22 15 27 22 22 4 22 23 4 22 18 5 22 8 21 22 3 34 22 14 29 22 22 2 22 22 59 23 16 37 23 5 49 23 5 5 23 15 45 23 22 12 23 23 0 23 17 50 23 7 59 23 3 57 23 14 49 23 22 11 23 22 54 24 16 19 24 5 26 24 5 28 24 16 2 24 22 20 24 22 55 24 17 34 24 7 37 24 4 20 24 15 8 24 22 19 24 22 48 25 16 1 25 5 3 25 5 51 25 16 19 25 22 27 25 22 50 25 17 18 25 7 15 25 4 44 25 15 27 25 22 27 25 22 42 26 15 43 26 4 40 26 6 14 26 16 36 26 22 34 26 22 44 26 17 2 26 6 52 26 5 7 26 15 46 26 22 34 26 22 36 27 15 24 27 4 17 27 6 37 27 16 52 27 22 40 27 22 38 27 16 46 27 6 30 27 5 30 27 16 4 27 22 40 27 22 29 28 15 5 28 3 54 28 6 59 28 17 8 28 22 46 28 22 31 28 16 29 28 6 8 28 5 53 28 16 22 28 22 46 28 22 22 29 14 46 29 7 21 29 17 24 29 22 52 29 22 24 29 16 12 29 5 45 29 6 16 29 16 40 29 22 52 29 22 14 30 14 27 30 7 43 30 17 40 30 22 57 30 22 17 30 15 55 30 5 22 30 6 39 30 16 57 30 22 58 30 22 6 31 14 8 31 8 5 31 23 2 31 15 38 31 4 59 31 17 14 31 21 55 The second years declination of the Sun. january. February March. April. May. june. july. August. September October. novemb. Decemb. Da. De. Mi. Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da. De Mi. Da De. Mi. Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da De. Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da De Mi. 1 21 46 1 13 53 1 3 36 1 8 22 1 17 52 1 23 4 1 22 11 1 15 25 1 4 42 1 6 56 1 17 27 1 23 3 2 22 36 2 13 33 2 3 12 2 8 44 2 18 7 2 23 8 2 22 3 2 15 7 2 4 19 2 7 19 2 17 43 2 23 8 3 21 26 3 13 13 3 2 49 3 9 6 3 18 2● 3 23 12 3 21 55 3 14 49 3 3 56 3 7 42 3 17 59 3 23 12 4 21 15 4 12 53 4 2 25 4 9 27 4 18 37 4 23 16 4 21 46 4 14 31 4 3 33 4 8 5 4 18 15 4 23 15 5 21 4 5 12 33 5 2 1 5 9 48 5 18 51 5 23 19 5 21 37 5 14 13 5 3 10 5 8 27 5 18 31 5 23 18 6 20 53 6 12 12 6 1 38 6 10 9 6 19 5 6 23 22 6 21 28 6 13 54 6 2 47 6 8 49 6 18 46 6 23 21 7 20 41 7 11 51 7 1 14 7 10 30 7 19 18 7 23 24 7 21 18 7 13 35 7 2 24 7 9 11 7 19 1 7 23 23 8 20 29 8 11 30 8 0 50 8 10 51 8 19 31 8 23 25 8 21 8 8 13 16 8 2 1 8 9 33 8 19 16 8 23 25 9 20 16 9 11 8 9 0 26 9 11 12 9 19 44 9 23 26 9 20 57 9 12 57 9 1 38 9 9 55 9 19 30 9 23 26 10 20 3 10 10 46 10 0 2 ✚ 10 11 33 10 19 57 10 23 27 10 20 46 10 12 37 10 1 14 10 10 17 10 19 44 10 23 27 11 19 50 11 10 24 11 0 22 11 11 53 11 20 9 11 23 28 11 20 35 11 12 17 11 0 50 11 10 39 11 19 57 11 23 28 12 19 36 12 10 2 12 0 46 12 12 13 12 20 21 12 23 28 12 20 23 12 11 57 12 0 27 12 11 1 12 20 10 12 23 28 13 19 22 13 9 40 13 1 10 13 12 33 13 20 33 13 23 27 13 20 11 13 11 37 13 0 3 ✚ 13 11 22 13 20 23 13 23 27 14 19 7 14 9 18 14 1 33 14 12 53 14 20 44 14 23 26 14 19 59 14 11 16 14 0 21 14 11 43 14 20 35 14 23 26 15 18 52 15 8 56 15 1 56 15 13 12 15 20 55 15 23 25 15 19 46 15 10 55 15 0 45 15 12 4 15 20 47 15 23 24 16 18 37 16 8 43 16 2 19 16 13 31 16 21 5 16 23 23 16 19 33 16 10 34 16 1 9 16 12 25 16 20 58 16 23 22 17 18 21 17 8 12 17 2 42 17 13 50 17 21 15 17 23 21 17 19 20 17 10 13 17 1 32 17 12 46 17 21 9 17 23 19 18 18 5 18 7 49 18 3 5 18 14 9 18 21 25 18 23 19 18 18 7 18 9 52 18 1 55 18 13 6 18 21 20 18 23 16 19 17 49 19 7 26 19 3 28 19 14 28 19 21 35 19 23 16 19 18 53 19 9 31 19 2 18 19 13 25 19 21 31 19 23 13 20 17 33 20 7 3 20 3 51 20 14 46 20 21 45 20 23 13 20 18 39 20 9 10 20 2 41 20 13 46 20 21 41 20 23 10 21 17 16 21 6 40 21 4 14 21 15 4 21 21 54 21 23 9 21 18 24 21 8 48 21 3 5 21 14 6 21 21 51 21 23 6 22 16 59 22 6 17 22 4 37 22 15 22 22 22 3 22 23 5 22 18 9 22 8 26 22 3 28 22 14 26 22 22 0 22 23 1 23 16 42 23 5 54 23 5 0 23 15 40 23 22 11 23 23 1 23 17 54 23 8 4 23 3 51 23 14 44 23 22 9 23 22 56 24 16 24 24 5 31 24 5 23 24 15 58 24 22 19 24 22 56 24 17 39 24 7 42 24 4 14 24 15 3 24 22 17 24 22 50 25 16 6 25 5 8 25 5 46 25 16 15 25 22 26 25 22 51 25 17 23 25 7 20 25 4 38 25 15 22 25 22 25 25 22 44 26 15 48 26 4 45 26 6 9 26 16 32 26 22 33 26 22 45 26 17 7 26 6 58 26 5 1 26 15 41 26 22 32 26 22 37 27 15 29 27 4 22 27 6 32 28 16 48 27 22 39 27 22 39 27 16 51 27 6 36 27 5 24 27 15 59 27 22 39 27 22 30 28 15 10 28 3 59 28 6 54 28 17 4 28 22 45 28 22 33 28 16 34 28 6 14 28 5 47 28 16 17 28 22 46 28 22 22 29 14 51 29 7 16 29 17 20 29 22 50 29 22 26 29 16 17 29 5 51 29 6 10 29 16 35 29 22 52 29 22 14 30 14 32 30 7 38 30 17 6 30 22 55 30 22 19 30 16 0 30 5 28 30 6 33 30 16 53 30 22 58 30 22 6 31 14 13 31 8 0 31 23 0 31 15 43 31 5 5 31 17 10 31 21 57 for the third year after the Leap year. januarie. February March. April. May. june. july. August. September October. novem. Decemb Da. De. Mi Da. De There Da. De Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi Da De Mi. Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi Da. De. Mi Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi. 1 21 48 1 13 58 1 3 41 1 8 17 1 17 48 1 23 4 1 22 13 1 15 29 1 4 47 1 6 51 1 17 23 1 23 1 2 21 38 2 13 38 2 3 17 2 8 39 2 18 5 2 23 8 2 22 5 2 15 11 2 4 24 2 7 14 2 17 39 2 23 6 3 21 28 3 13 18 3 2 54 3 9 1 3 18 18 3 23 12 3 21 57 3 14 53 3 4 1 3 7 37 3 17 56 3 23 10 4 21 17 4 12 58 4 2 30 4 9 22 4 18 33 4 23 15 4 21 48 4 14 35 4 3 38 4 8 0 4 18 12 4 23 14 5 21 6 5 12 37 5 2 7 5 9 46 5 18 47 5 23 18 5 21 39 5 14 17 5 3 15 5 8 22 5 18 27 5 23 17 6 20 55 6 12 16 6 1 44 6 10 4 6 19 1 6 23 21 6 21 30 6 13 58 6 2 52 6 8 44 6 18 42 6 23 19 7 20 43 7 11 55 7 1 20 7 10 25 7 19 15 7 23 23 7 21 20 7 13 39 7 2 29 7 9 6 7 18 57 7 23 21 8 20 31 8 11 34 8 0 56 8 10 46 8 19 2● 8 23 25 8 21 10 8 13 20 8 2 6 8 9 28 8 19 12 8 23 23 9 20 19 9 11 13 9 0 32 9 11 7 9 19 41 9 23 26 9 21 0 9 13 1 9 1 43 9 9 50 9 19 26 9 23 25 10 20 6 10 10 52 10 0 8 ✚ 10 11 28 10 19 54 10 23 27 10 20 49 10 12 41 10 1 19 10 10 12 10 19 40 10 23 26 11 19 53 11 10 30 11 0 16 11 11 48 11 20 6 11 23 28 11 20 38 11 12 21 11 0 56 11 10 34 11 19 54 11 23 27 12 19 39 12 10 8 12 0 40 12 12 8 12 20 18 12 23 28 12 20 26 12 12 1 12 0 33 ✚ 12 10 56 12 20 8 12 23 28 13 19 25 13 9 46 13 1 4 13 12 28 13 20 29 13 23 27 13 20 14 13 11 41 13 0 10 13 11 17 13 20 21 13 23 27 14 19 11 14 9 24 14 1 27 14 12 48 14 20 40 14 23 26 14 20 2 14 11 21 14 0 14 14 11 38 14 20 33 13 23 26 15 18 56 15 9 2 15 1 50 15 13 7 15 20 51 15 23 25 15 19 49 15 11 0 15 0 38 15 11 59 15 20 45 15 23 25 16 18 41 16 8 40 16 2 14 16 13 26 16 21 2 16 23 23 16 19 36 16 10 39 16 1 2 16 12 20 16 20 57 16 23 23 17 18 25 17 8 17 17 2 37 17 13 45 17 21 13 17 23 21 17 19 23 17 10 18 17 1 26 17 12 41 17 21 8 17 23 21 18 18 9 18 7 54 18 3 0 18 14 4 18 21 23 18 23 19 18 19 10 18 9 57 18 1 49 18 13 1 18 21 19 18 23 18 19 17 53 19 7 31 19 3 23 19 14 23 19 21 33 19 23 17 19 18 56 19 9 36 19 2 12 19 13 21 19 21 29 19 23 15 20 17 37 20 7 8 20 3 46 20 14 42 20 21 43 20 23 14 20 18 42 20 9 15 20 2 36 20 13 41 20 21 39 20 23 11 21 17 20 21 6 45 21 4 9 21 15 0 21 21 25 21 23 11 21 18 28 21 8 54 21 2 59 21 14 1 21 21 49 21 23 7 22 17 3 22 6 23 22 4 32 22 15 18 22 22 1 22 23 7 22 18 13 22 8 32 22 3 23 22 14 21 22 21 58 22 23 2 23 16 46 23 6 0 23 4 55 23 15 36 23 22 9 23 23 2 23 17 58 23 8 10 23 3 46 23 14 40 23 22 7 23 22 57 24 16 28 24 5 37 24 5 18 24 15 53 24 22 16 24 22 57 24 17 43 24 7 48 24 4 9 24 14 59 24 22 15 24 22 51 25 16 10 25 5 14 25 5 41 25 16 10 25 22 23 25 22 52 25 17 27 25 7 26 25 4 33 25 15 18 25 22 23 25 22 45 26 15 52 26 4 51 26 6 3 26 16 27 26 22 30 26 22 46 26 17 11 26 7 4 26 4 56 26 15 37 26 22 31 26 22 38 27 15 34 27 4 27 27 6 26 27 16 44 27 22 37 27 22 40 27 16 55 27 6 42 27 5 19 27 15 55 27 22 38 27 22 31 28 15 15 28 4 4 28 6 49 28 17 1 28 22 43 28 22 34 28 16 38 28 6 19 28 5 42 28 16 13 28 22 44 28 22 24 29 14 56 29 7 11 29 17 17 29 22 49 29 22 27 29 16 21 29 5 56 29 6 5 29 16 31 29 22 50 29 22 16 30 14 37 30 7 33 30 17 33 30 22 54 30 22 20 30 16 4 30 5 33 30 6 28 30 16 49 30 22 56 30 22 8 31 14 18 31 7 55 31 22 59 31 15 47 31 5 10 31 17 6 31 21 59 The declination of the Sun for the Leap year. january. February March. April. May. june. july. August. September October. novemb. Decemb. Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da. De. Mi Da De. Mi Da. De. Mi. Da. De Mi. Da De. Mi Da De Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da De. Mi. Da. De. Mi. Da De Mi. 1 21 50 1 14 2 1 3 23 1 8 32 1 17 59 1 23 7 1 22 7 1 15 16 1 4 30 1 7 8 1 17 35 1 23 5 2 21 40 2 13 42 2 3 0 2 8 54 2 18 14 2 23 11 2 21 59 2 14 58 2 4 7 2 7 31 2 17 51 2 23 10 3 21 30 3 13 22 3 2 37 3 9 16 3 18 29 3 23 14 3 21 50 3 14 40 3 3 44 3 7 54 3 18 7 3 23 14 4 21 20 4 13 2 4 2 13 4 9 38 4 18 44 4 23 17 4 21 41 4 14 22 4 3 21 4 8 16 4 18 23 4 23 17 5 21 9 5 12 42 5 1 50 5 9 59 5 18 58 5 23 20 5 21 32 5 14 3 5 2 58 5 8 38 5 18 35 5 23 20 6 20 58 6 12 21 6 1 27 6 10 20 6 19 12 6 23 22 6 21 22 6 13 44 6 2 35 6 9 0 6 18 54 6 23 22 7 20 47 7 12 0 7 1 4 7 10 41 7 19 25 7 23 24 7 21 12 7 13 25 7 2 12 7 9 22 7 19 9 7 23 24 8 20 35 8 11 39 8 0 40 8 11 2 8 19 38 8 23 25 8 21 2 8 13 6 8 1 48 8 9 44 8 19 23 8 23 25 9 20 23 9 11 18 9 0 16 9 11 23 9 19 51 9 23 26 9 20 52 9 12 46 9 1 25 9 10 6 9 19 37 9 23 26 10 20 10 10 10 57 10 0 8 ✚ 10 11 43 10 20 4 10 23 27 10 20 41 10 12 26 10 1 2 10 10 28 10 19 51 10 23 27 11 19 57 11 10 35 11 0 32 11 12 3 11 20 16 11 23 28 11 20 30 11 12 6 11 0 39 11 10 50 11 20 4 11 23 28 12 19 44 12 10 13 12 0 56 12 12 23 12 20 28 12 23 28 12 20 18 12 11 46 12 0 15 12 11 12 12 20 17 12 23 27 13 19 30 13 9 51 13 1 20 13 12 43 13 20 39 13 23 27 13 20 11 13 11 26 13 0 9 ✚ 13 11 33 13 20 30 13 23 26 14 19 15 14 9 29 14 1 40 14 13 3 14 20 50 14 23 26 14 19 53 14 11 6 14 0 33 14 11 54 14 20 42 14 23 25 15 19 0 15 9 7 15 2 7 15 13 22 15 21 1 15 23 25 15 19 40 15 10 45 15 0 57 15 12 15 15 20 54 15 23 23 16 18 45 16 8 45 16 2 30 16 13 41 16 21 11 16 23 23 16 19 27 16 10 24 16 1 21 16 12 36 16 21 5 16 23 21 17 18 29 17 8 33 17 2 53 17 14 0 17 21 21 17 23 21 17 19 13 17 10 3 17 1 44 17 12 56 17 21 16 17 23 18 18 18 13 18 8 0 18 3 16 18 14 19 18 21 31 18 23 18 18 18 59 18 9 42 18 2 7 18 13 16 18 21 27 18 23 15 19 17 57 19 7 37 19 3 39 19 14 38 19 21 41 19 23 15 19 18 45 19 9 21 19 2 30 19 13 36 19 21 37 19 23 12 20 17 41 20 7 14 20 4 3 20 14 56 20 21 50 20 23 11 20 18 31 20 8 59 20 2 53 20 13 56 20 21 47 20 23 8 21 17 42 21 6 51 21 4 26 21 15 14 21 21 59 21 23 7 21 18 16 21 8 37 21 3 17 21 14 16 21 21 56 21 23 4 22 17 7 22 6 28 22 4 49 22 15 32 22 22 8 22 23 3 22 18 1 22 8 15 22 3 41 22 14 35 22 22 5 22 23 59 23 16 50 23 5 5 23 5 12 23 15 49 23 22 16 23 22 58 23 17 46 23 7 53 23 4 4 23 14 54 23 22 13 23 22 53 24 16 32 24 5 42 24 5 35 24 16 6 24 22 23 24 22 53 24 17 30 24 7 31 24 4 27 24 15 13 24 22 21 24 22 47 25 16 14 25 5 19 25 5 38 25 16 23 25 22 30 25 22 48 25 17 14 25 7 9 25 4 50 25 15 32 25 22 29 25 22 40 26 15 56 26 4 56 26 6 20 26 16 40 26 22 36 26 22 42 26 16 58 26 6 46 26 5 13 26 15 50 26 22 26 26 22 33 27 15 38 27 4 33 27 6 42 27 16 56 27 22 42 27 22 36 27 16 42 27 6 24 27 5 36 27 16 8 27 22 43 27 22 26 28 15 19 28 4 10 28 7 4 28 17 12 28 22 48 28 22 29 28 16 26 28 6 2 28 5 59 28 16 26 28 22 49 28 22 18 29 15 0 29 3 46 29 7 26 29 17 28 29 22 53 29 22 22 29 16 8 29 5 39 29 6 22 29 16 44 29 22 55 29 22 10 30 14 41 30 7 ●8 30 17 44 30 22 58 30 22 15 30 15 41 30 5 16 30 6 45 30 17 1 30 23 0 30 22 1 31 14 22 31 8 10 31 22 3 31 15 34 31 4 53 31 17 18 31 21 52 TO FIND OUT THE NEW MOON, AND THE AGE OF THE MOON at any time, according to the ancient computation, without either Calendar or Ephemerides. FIrst you must learn perfectly by the former Tables the Golden number and the Epact of that year, and their difference. But know this, that the Golden number always beginneth in the kalends of january, and every year increaseth one until the circle of the Moon be ended, which then returneth to 1. 2. 3. But the Epact beginneth in the kalends of March, and increaseth every year 11. and endeth at 30. Wherefore when it exceedeth 30. by casting away the whole circle, the remainder is the Epact, to which every year is added 11. as is aforesaid. Now if you will know what day of every month the new Moon doth happen: take the number of the Epact of the present year: and add thereunto the number of the months passed from the beginning of March, reckoning also the month present. And if these numbers being added together amount not above 30. then as much as you want of 30. is the day of the new Moon of that month. But if you look for the age of the Moon, add the days that are passed of the month present to the Epact, and the months since March: and the number remaining after the substraction of 30. declareth the age of the Moon. But if, being added together, it be under 30. that self same telleth how old the Moon is. But you may perceive these things more plainly by examples. The example of the first. I would know the new Moon of the month of june, Anno 1588. The Epact of this year is 12. whereunto I add 4. for the 4. months, beginning at March, which being put together make 16. Now this number is less than 30. and therefore I subtract 16. from 30. and there remaineth 14. so that the new Moon was the 14. of june. The other example. I demand how old the Moon shall be the 24. of August of this same year 1588. The Epact is 12. to it I add 6. for the months past: they make 18. whereunto I add 24. the number of the days of August, and then have I 42. which exceedeth 30. by 12. which showeth the age of the Moon: and therefore the 24. of August the Moon shall be 12. days old. If you will find the Epact without any book begin to reckon 10. at the lowest joint of your thumb, at the other 20. at the third and last 30. which done, count the Golden number upon the joints of your thumb, reckoning from the lowest to the highest, until you come to the end of it. And if your account shall end on the lowest joint of your thumb where I have set 10. add ten to the Golden number, which being both put together do make the Epact for that year. But if the reckoning shall end upon the second joint, add 20. to the Golden number, and both the numbers together do show the Epact. But if it end on the third, the Golden number and the Epact shall be one. As for example. The question is what the Epact is Anno 1588. the Golden number is 12. which in numbering endeth on the third joint where stand 30. which being added make 42. of which 30. being cast away the remainder is the Epact: which beginneth always the first of March: as the Golden number doth the first of january. OF THE FIXED STARS AND THEIR USE. FIrst it is necessary for you to know that the obliquity or declination of the fixed stars is of two sorts: to wit, Northward and Southward, which in the Catalogue of the fixed stars are marked with these letters, N, and S. If you will seek the height of the Pole in any place by the help of any fixed star set down in the Table following, take her Meridian altitude by the quadrant or Cross staff. Then by the Table following seek out her North or South declination, which you must add to the altitude, if the declination be southerly, or subtract it, if it be northerly, and it will show you the altitude of the Aequator: which being deducted from 90, expresseth the height of the Pole. As you shall perceive more plainly by familiar example; In the year 1583. on the 10. day of january about five a clock in the morning Wagener took at Enchuysen the Meridian altitude of Spica virgins with the Cross staff, in 28. degrees and 15. minutes. The Table showeth that her Southward declination is 8. degrees and 55. minutes, which being added to the Meridian altitude, declareth the Aequator to be 37. degrees, and 10. minutes high: which being substracted from 90. there remaineth 52. degrees and 50. minutes, which is the altitude of the Pole for Enchuysen. Another example is, that the 11. day of january in the same year about 8. of the clock towards the evening, Wagener took the Meridian altitude of Palilicium, or Oculus Tauri of 53. degrees, and 4. minutes. The Table teacheth that his Northward declination is of 15. degrees, and 54. minutes, which you must take from the altitude, because it is Northward, and leave 37. degrees, 10. minutes, for the altitude of the Aequator, when you have substracted these numbers from 90. that which remaineth being 52. degrees, and 50. minutes, is the height of the Pole, as aforesaid. If you will learn the true hour of the night by the fixed stars, mark well some one of the fixed stars which you know, standing in the South: then look for the same in the Table, and take the hours and minutes from the declination. And seek also for the day of the year in the next Table to the Catalogue, and subtract the hours and minutes which you find there, from the hours and minutes which are allotted to the star: and that which remaineth signifieth the hours and minutes of the midday last passed. But if it shall happen that the star shall have less hours and minutes than a natural day hath, then add 24. hours to those of the star, and subtract, as aforesaid. It will appear more plainly by this example. We have before marked Spica virgins upon the 10. of january, and therefore must we seek out the hour of his observation. In the Catalogue right against this star, are 13. hours, and 3. minutes, and in the Table of the days the 10. day of january hath 20. hours, and 10. minutes. Wherefore we add 24. hours to the hours of the star, and they make together 37. hours, and 3. minutes. Subtract from hence 20. hours, and 10. minutes, and there remain 16. hours, and 53. minutes, which are the hours from the last midday. And therefore the observation was made at 4. a clock, 53. minutes in the morning, or after midnight. another example is. Wagenar saw the 11. day of january aforesaid Palilicium, or Oculus Tauri. In the Catalogue you shall find hard by the star 4. hours 12. minutes. Likewise the Table of the days about the 11. day of january, giveth you 20. hours, 14. minutes. And because the hours of the star are fewer than those of the day, he added 24. hours, which being put together make 28. and 12. minutes. He substracted from them 20. hours, 14. minutes, and there remained 7. hours, and 58. minutes. And therefore the time to mark the star was at 7. a clock, and 58. minutes in the afternoon. I will also show a third example. The 17. of March, Anno Domini 1583. Wagenar took the Meridian altitude of the star called Rostrum Corui, that is, the ravens bill: the hour thereof he gathered after this manner. In the Catalogue where this star is mentioned, you have 11. hours, 48. minutes. In the Table of the days you find 17. days of March, hours 0. minutes 24. which being deducted from the hours of the star, are 11. hours, and 24. minutes remaining. Wherefore this observation was taken the 11. hour 24. minutes after midday. And so proceed with other fixed stars. The Dodecatemories in the Zodiac, are partly Northerly, and partly Southerly. The North signs are, Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, for the Summer season: the Southern, are, Libra, Scorpius, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, which are the signs for the Winter. To every several sign are appointed particular months: March, April, May, june, july, August, are assigned for the Summer, and September, October, November, December, january, February for the Winter. A catalogue OF THE MORE FAMOUS FIXED STARS, WITH THEIR LONGITUDE, DECLINATION, RIGHT ASCENSION CONVERTED INTO HOURS, AND MAGNITUDE, RECTIFIED TO THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR. 1588. Longitude. Deg. Min. Declin. Deg. Min. Right as. Ho. Min. Mag. * Cornu Arietis praecedens. The Rains horn. ♈ 7 58 17 35 N 1 33 3 * Dexter humerus Cephei. Cepheus right shoulder. ♈ 7 58 61 11 N 21 10 3 * The utmost of Eridanus. ♈ 21 28 40 36 N 2 53 1 * Scheder. andromeda's shoulder blade. ♈ 16 38 28 57 N 0 19 3 * Mirach. andromeda's girdle. ♈ 25 8 33 57 N 0 48 3 * Pegasus wing or shoulder. ♈ 3 28 12 49 N 23 52 2 * Pegasus leg. Caput Andromedae. ♈ 9 8 27 19 N 23 49 2 * The Whale's belly. ♈ 16 18 12 3 S 1 31 3 * The Whale's neck. ♈ 28 58 7 13 N 1 54 4 * The Whale's breast. ♈ 23 18 13 43 S 2 3 3 * Menkar. The Whale's snowf. ♉ 8 58 2 47 N 2 42 3 * Schedar. Cassiopeas' breast. ♉ 2 8 54 24 N 0 17 3 * Cassiopeas' chair. ♉ 7 58 58 32 N 0 31 3 * Algenib. Perseus' right side. ♉ 16 8 48 9 N 2 55 3 * Rasalgol. Medusa's head. ♉ 20 58 40 1 N 2 43 2 * The first and Northermost of the Pleiades. ♉ 23 28 23 1 N 3 19 5 * The hinder Southermost of the Pleiades. ♉ 23 48 23 16 N 3 20 5 * The utmost of the Pleiades. ♉ 24 58 24 12 N 3 25 5 * Trapezium. The least of the Pleiades. ♉ 23 58 23 43 N 3 21 5 * Succule. The first of the Hyades. ♉ 29 58 14 33 N 3 56 3 * Aldebaran. Palilicium. The bulls eye. ♊ 3 58 15 54 N 4 12 1 * Bedelgeuse. Orion's right shoulder. ♊ 23 18 6 19 N 5 34 1 * Elgeuse. Bellatrix. Orion's left shoulder. ♊ 15 18 5 15 N 5 4 2 * Rigel. Orion's left foot. ♊ 11 38 9 10 S 4 53 1 * The first of Orion's girdle. ♊ 16 38 1 16 S 5 11 2 * The middlemost of the belt. ♊ 18 38 1 46 S 5 19 2 * The last of Orion's girdle. ♊ 20 38 2 18 S 5 26 2 * The Wainmans right shoulder. ♊ 24 8 43 19 N 5 30 2 * Alhaiot. His left shoulder. The goat. ♊ 16 18 45 7 N 4 48 1 * Alrucaba. The North Pole star. ♊ 21 28 86 31 N 0 21 3 * Canopus'. The South star. ♋ 8 28 51 38 S 6 14 1 * Alhabor. Syrius. The great Dog. ♋ 8 58 15 55 S 6 29 1 * Algomeisa. protion. The lesser Dog. ♋ 20 28 5 52 N 7 20 1 * Rasalgeuse. Geminies head. ♋ 14 38 32 16 N 7 8 2 * Hercules. The other Twins head. ♋ 17 58 28 28 N 7 21 2 * The Souther guard. ♌ 8 28 75 35 N 14 0 2 * The Norther guard. ♌ 17 28 72 54 N 14 43 2 * Alphard. The clearest of the Snake. ♌ 21 18 5 3 S 9 9 2 * Pectus Cancri. The Manger. ♌ 1 38 20 29 N 8 16 Neb. * Dubhe. The great bears shoulder. ♌ 11 58 62 27 N 10 46 2 * The great bears navel. ♌ 13 28 58 7 N 10 33 2 * The great bears tail. ♌ 24 23 59 9 N 11 46 3 * The great Bears left hinder leg. ♌ 25 18 55 14 N 11 31 2 * Calb eleced. Basiliscus. The lions heart. ♌ 23 48 13 46 N 9 45 1 * The lions neck. ♌ 23 28 21 43 N 9 55 2 * The lions loins. ♍ 5 28 22 11 N 10 51 2 * Alioth. The first of the great bears tail. ♍ 3 28 57 29 N 12 33 2 * The middlemost of his tail. ♍ 9 18 56 49 N 13 1 2 * Elkerd bennenaz. The last of the bears tail. ♍ 21 8 51 6 N 13 29 2 * The utmost of the Virgin's wing. ♍ 20 18 9 22 N 11 34 3 * Deneb eleced. The lions tail, ♍ 15 48 16 29 N 11 27 1 * Fundus Crateris. Crater. The Cups bottom. ♍ 17 38 16 15 S 10 38 4 * Praevindemiatrix. The Vintager. ♎ 3 28 12 31 N 12 37 2 * Spica virgins: Azimech. The Virgin's Spike. ♎ 17 58 8 53 S 13 3 1 * Humerus sinister Bootis: Ceginus. Boötes' left shoulder. ♎ 10 58 39 59 N 14 11 3 * Arcturus: Alramech. The storm star. ♎ 18 18 21 53 N 13 57 1 * Rostrum Corui. The ravens bill. ♎ 6 38 22 16 S 11 49 3 * Ala dextra Corui. The ravens right wing. ♎ 8 48 17 5 S 12 8 3 * Pes dexter prior Centauri. Centaurus right foot afore. ♎ 29 38 48 46 S 12 28 1 * Lucida Coronae: Alpheta. Ariadne's crown. ♏ 5 58 28 26 N 15 16 2 * Laux Australis. The Souther Scole of the balance. ♏ 9 18 13 58 S 14 28 2 * Laux Borcalis. The Norther Scole. ♏ 13 28 7 45 S 14 54 2 * In front scorpij Borealior. The Northermost in Scorp. front. ♏ 27 38 18 21 S 15 43 3 * Media. The midst in his front. ♏ 26 58 21 7 S 15 37 3 * Australior in front scorpij. The Southermost in his front. ♏ 26 58 24 22 S 15 33 3 * Palma sinistra Ophiuchi sive serpentarij. Yead. Oph. left hand. ♏ 26 18 2 46 S 15 52 3 * Cor scorpij: Antares. Scorpion's heart. Calb alatrab. ♐ 3 58 24 55 S 16 4 2 * Caput Herculis: Ras-algeti. Hercules his head. ♐ 8 38 15 24 N 16 51 3 * Caput Ophiuchi. Ophiuchus his head. ♐ 16 8 13 6 N 17 14 3 * Caput Draconis: Ras-Aben. The Dragon's head. ♐ 20 58 52 9 N 17 45 3 * Lucyda Lyrae: Vuega: Vultur cadens. The Lyrae. ♑ 8 38 38 41 N 18 21 1 * Aquila: Vultur volans: Alkair. The Eagle. ♑ 25 8 7 36 N 19 27 2 * In suffragine sinistra priori sagittarij. Sagittaries' forebolds. ♑ 8 58 46 6 S 18 48 2 * In genu eiusdem cruris. Sagittaries' knee. ♑ 8 18 41 10 S 18 42 2 * Rostrum Cygni, Oloris, sive Gallinae. The Swans bill. ♑ 25 48 27 31 N 19 15 3 * Pectus Cygni, sive Oloris. The swans breast. ♒ 19 48 38 23 N 20 11 3 * In ancone dexterae Alae. The swans right wing. ♒ 10 38 44 24 N 19 28 3 * In ancone sinistrae Alae. The Swans left wing. ♒ 22 8 32 36 N 20 30 3 * In extremo eiusdem Alae. The Swans left Pinion. ♒ 27 58 55 26 N 19 37 3 * Lucens in Cauda Delphini. The Dolphin's tail. ♒ 8 58 10 10 N 20 16 3 * Rhomboidis Delphini Australior. The south Dolph. star. ♒ 9 48 13 6 N 20 15 3 * Eiusdem Borealior. The North Dolphin star. ♒ 11 28 15 14 N 20 19 3 * Caudae Capricorni: The former of Capricorns tail. ♒ 16 38 17 56 S 21 19 3 * Sequens in Cauda. The next in Capricorns tail. ♒ 17 38 17 28 S 21 23 3 * Cuspis Sagittae. The Arrow head. ♒ 1 28 18 34 N 19 40 4 * Muscida Pegasi: Alpheratz. Pegasus nostrils. ♒ 26 38 7 36 N 21 27 2 * Vitima fusionis aquae: Formahand. the end of Aquarius stream. ♒ 28 18 33 27 S 22 39 1 * Cauda Cygni: Denebadige. The swans tail. ♓ 0 28 44 7 N 20 25 2 * Crus Pegasi: scheat Alpheratz. Pegasus hough. ♓ 23 28 25 42 N 22 44 2 * Humerus, sive Ala Pegasi. Markab Alpheratz. Pegasus wing. ♓ 17 58 13 20 N 22 45 2 * Lucens in capite Pegasi. Pegasus head. ♓ 0 38 4 32 N 21 47 3 * Cauda Ceti: Denebkaytos. The Whale's tail. ♓ 26 58 19 48 S 0 23 3 * Crus Aquarij: Scheat. Aquarius thigh. ♓ 2 58 17 22 S 22 31 3 A TABLE OF THE sons RIGHT ASCENSIONS, FITTED INTO HOURS EQVALL AND minutes, to find out all the hours of night by the Stars. Day. january. Februar. March. April. May. june. july. August. Septemb. Octob. novemb. Decemb. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. Ho. Min. 1 19 33 21 41 23 27 1 20 3 12 5 16 7 20 9 22 11 16 13 5 15 5 17 14 2 19 37 21 45 23 31 1 23 3 16 5 20 7 24 9 26 11 20 13 8 15 10 17 18 3 19 41 21 48 23 35 1 27 3 20 5 25 7 28 9 29 11 24 13 12 15 14 17 22 4 19 45 21 52 23 38 1 30 3 23 5 29 7 32 9 33 11 27 13 16 15 18 17 27 5 19 50 21 56 23 42 1 34 3 27 5 33 7 36 9 37 11 31 13 20 15 22 17 31 6 19 54 22 0 23 46 1 38 3 31 5 37 7 40 9 41 11 34 13 23 15 27 17 36 7 19 58 22 4 23 49 1 41 3 35 5 41 7 44 9 45 11 38 13 27 15 31 17 40 8 20 2 22 8 23 53 1 45 3 39 5 45 7 48 9 48 11 42 13 31 15 35 17 45 9 20 6 22 12 23 56 1 49 3 43 5 49 7 52 9 52 11 45 13 35 15 39 17 49 10 20 10 22 16 0 0 1 52 3 47 5 54 7 56 9 56 11 49 13 39 15 45 17 54 11 20 14 22 20 0 3 1 56 3 51 5 58 8 0 10 0 11 53 13 42 15 47 17 58 12 20 19 22 24 0 7 2 0 3 55 6 2 8 4 10 3 11 57 13 46 15 52 18 3 13 20 23 22 28 0 10 2 3 3 59 6 6 8 8 10 7 12 0 13 50 15 56 18 7 14 20 27 22 32 0 14 2 7 4 3 6 10 8 12 10 11 12 4 13 54 16 0 18 12 15 20 32 22 35 0 17 2 11 4 7 6 14 8 16 10 14 12 7 13 58 16 4 18 16 16 20 36 22 39 0 21 2 15 4 11 6 18 8 20 10 18 12 11 14 2 16 8 18 21 17 20 40 22 43 0 24 2 19 4 15 6 23 8 24 10 21 12 14 14 6 16 13 18 25 18 20 45 22 46 0 28 2 22 4 19 6 27 8 28 10 25 12 18 14 9 16 17 18 30 19 20 49 22 50 0 32 2 26 4 23 6 31 8 32 10 29 12 21 14 13 16 21 18 34 20 20 53 22 54 0 36 2 30 4 27 6 35 8 36 10 33 12 25 14 17 16 25 18 39 21 20 57 22 58 0 39 2 34 4 31 6 39 8 40 10 36 12 28 14 21 16 30 18 43 22 21 1 23 1 0 43 2 38 4 35 6 43 8 44 10 40 12 32 14 25 16 34 18 48 23 21 5 23 5 0 47 2 41 4 40 6 47 8 47 10 43 12 35 14 29 16 38 18 52 24 21 9 23 9 0 50 2 45 4 44 6 51 8 51 10 47 12 39 14 33 16 43 18 57 25 21 13 23 12 0 54 2 49 4 48 6 56 8 55 10 51 12 43 14 37 16 47 19 1 26 21 17 23 16 0 57 2 53 4 52 7 0 8 59 10 54 12 46 14 41 16 50 19 6 27 21 21 23 20 1 1 2 57 4 56 7 4 9 3 10 58 12 50 14 45 16 56 19 10 28 21 25 23 23 1 5 3 1 5 0 7 8 9 7 11 1 12 54 14 49 17 0 19 15 29 21 29 1 8 3 4 5 4 7 12 9 10 11 5 12 57 14 53 17 5 19 19 30 21 33 1 12 3 8 5 8 7 16 9 14 11 9 13 1 14 57 17 9 19 24 31 21 37 1 16 5 12 9 18 11 13 15 1 19 28 CERTAIN FIXED STARS, WHICH best fit the Cross staff, calculated as touching their declination for the beginning of the year, 1586. Mag. Declin. Deg. Mi. * This fixed star is ever in the Meridian when the Guards are aloft in the Southeast part of the heaven. Alhabor, or great Dog. The South star. 1 15. 55 S The Harvest star. * This is in the Meridian, when the former stars are in the East part of heaven. Alphard. The brightest of Hydra. 3 5. 3 S The Winter star. * This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are North and by East. Azimech. The Virgin's spike. 1 8. 53 S A Winter star. * This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are in the Northwest. Antares. The Scorpion's heart. 2 26. 27 S The Spring star. * This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are in the West and by North. The brightest in Sagittaries breast. 3 26.27 S A Summer star. * This is in the Meridian, when the Guards are in the south-west. Deneb kaytos. The Whale's tail. 3 19.48 S A Summer star. THE WAY TO FIND OUT THE HEIGHT OF THE POLE BY THE STARS WHICH ARE WITHIN the Tropics declining from the Aequator. FIrst you have the South star called Alhabor, or the great dog, which declineth from the Aequator 15. deg. 55. min. to the southwards. Take his distance from the Zenith, and subtract from it the degrees and minutes of the declination, because it is Southerly, the remainder showeth the height of the Pole. But if the Poles height must be sought for by Orion's right shoulder: ad to his distance from the Zenith, 6. deg. 19 minutes of the declination, because it is Northward, and you shall find that you seek for. But if you will find it out by Orion's left foot: subtract from the distance thereof to the Zenith 9 degrees. 10. minutes of the declination, because it is Southward: the rest, showeth the height of the Pole. And in like manner shall you proceed by the first of Orion's girdle. For substracting from the distance thereof to the Zenith, one degree, 16. minutes of Southern declination, the residue is the Poles height. So may you do with all the stars which are within the Tropics, declining from the Aequator: so that their declinations both Southern and Northern in the just degrees and minutes, be first known unto you. For if the declination be Southward, it must be subducted from the Zenithes' distance: but if Northward, added: and then the whole some, or the remainder will demonstrate the height of the Pole. The meridian height of the Star is taken by the cross staff, or other fit instruments, and being deducted from 90. degrees, showeth you the distance from the zenith. The Poles height may also be found, by the stars, which turn about the Pole within the Arctic circle, and every 24. hours pass the meridian twice, under and over the Pole: so that you may take them twice in one day, if occasion serve: for example. The middle star of the Guards in Vrsa minor, declineth from the Acquinoctiall, 75. degrees, 40. minutes: distant from the Pole both above and under, 14. degrees 20. minutes. Take his meridian height, and add to it the degrees of the Poles distance, if it be above: or subtract it, if it be under: the sum or the remainder will show the elevation. The same way must you work by the stars of Vrsa maior (which are more in number) so that you certainly know their distances from the Pole, being under or above by adding (as is said) the degrees of the distance, to the Altitude which you find, if it be above the Pole, or subtracting, if it be under. So may you work with the rest of the stars, which can be seen and applied to use by Navigatours. A DECLARATION OF THIS instrument which followeth. IN the compass and borders of the uttermost circle, there is set down the circular course of the Guards in Vrsa Minor, as they turn in all the 8. points of the instrument or compass about the North star: which have also certain numbers assigned both to be added and substracted, so that when the said stars come in any of those points, you must add or subtract the number which is there marked. You must also know, that all the stars do pass the meridian: but every one in a several declination from the Aequator. The other compass or circle, which moveth, hath the chiefest of these stars which environ the Pole, or are carried round within the Tropikes of Cancer and Capricorn. The Northern stars serve to find out without difficulty the hours of the night at any time of the year, especially the Guards in Vrsa Minor: which on the 30. day of April at midnight stand North, above the Pole, and then is it 12. a clock at after midnoone. And after 15. days, the said stars remain in the same place, at eleven a clock at night, and at the end of May, at ten a clock: so that in every 24. hours: by 4. minutes of an hour they prevent the same place, and in every 15. days, one hour sooner, they become North above the pole: which if any man do rightly mark, he may easily find out the hour of the night at any time. But if you will fitly apply to this purpose of the South stars, the greatest part whereof do move within the Tropikes of Cancer and Capricorn: you shall turn about the uppermost round circle or the movable wheel, wherein the Guards of Vrsa minor are portrayed: & taking the same point in this circle, you shall set it right upon the Southeast point of the compass, where you shall begin: Then the Southern star which is called Canis Maior, and Alhabor will stand in the Meridian about 16. degrees from the Aequator. Three hours after when the said stars are in the East point, Lucida hydrae which is also called Alphard, standeth in the Meridian: and right above it is placed the Manger or Nebulosa Cancri. But when the same stars are North North-east and North & by East, then Spica virgins standeth in the Meridian: and about 4. hours after, when those Guards or watchers of Vrsa minor being mounted higher, possess the N. w. region of the firmament: Cor Scorpii standeth in the Meridian, declining from the Aequator almost 25. degrees. But when the said stars bear west and by North, than Lucida Sagittarii keepeth the Meridian, but when you have brought it west south-west, Fomahand keepeth the meridian. Both the latter stars have a great declination from the Aequator than the rest: for the one beareth to the Southward 26. degrees & 27. minutes: and the other 33. degrees, and 27. minutes. Now if the said watch stars stand South south-west, than the Whale's Tail keepeth the meridian, declining, 19 degrees 48. minutes Southward from the Aequatot. But if the said stars be South and by East, and South southeast. The bulls eye, and Orion shall possess the midnoone stead. After an hour and half the great Dog returneth again to the meridian. All these rehearsed stars, do most of all agree and serve fitly for the observation of Navigators, which are made with the cross staff, or other instruments. Two or three of these may be cut in the transuersarie of your staff which must be long or short, according as the declination of the star is Southerly. For that which hath a greater declining from the equinoctial, requireth a shorter cross or transuersarie, which beneath in the making of the sea cross staff, is more largely delared. Yet we would have the reader admonished, that the Guards or watchers are placed in this Instrumenc exactly opposite to their due place: leaving nevertheless the two greater stars of those Guards, in their own place between the Pole star and the Dragon's tail: that thereby may be known, what stars are in the meridian, when the Guards, are in those points. But let the upper part of the book, which representeth the North, be turned to the South, and yet in such sort, that the East point, may be right Eastward. For so shall these stars stand in order. Afterwards the book may be turned and tossed at pleasure, so that heed be taken, that you miss not in the point of the compass. 〈…〉 AN INSTRUMENT uranical OR MOVABLE COMPASS FOR THE STARS ❧ OF THE MAKING ALL manner of the Sea cross staves. TO make a cross staff, first you must draw a circle with your compass, and divide it with two diameters into four quadrants, of which the nethermost must be parted into 9 even portions: and every one of them subdivided into ten even parts: of which each again must be divided into two equal sections, which by imagination are to be divided into five parts, so that each quadrant thus disparted by five, shall contain 90. parts, This done, draw forth at length your nethermost half diameter, which representeth the staff. And then on each side of the circle, to the utmost border draw two right lines, of 〈◊〉 distance and length with the line of your staff. Then from the highest point of the uppermost half diameter, draw several lines, by the several partitions of the inferior quadrants, unto the border of the utmost lines, according to the length of your staff: as is here evidently taught in this present pattern. These things finished: you shall make your transuersarie or cross, according to the length of the whole diameter: but so that the midst of it, touch the marks of the first degrees of the staff. And if any man will make a longer transuersarie: he must remove the lines, which are on either side of the circle, so far off from the circle, as he would lengthen his Cross: And then, as before, draw the lines of degrees from the top of the upper half diameter, to the inmost verge of the utter lines. The length of the cross shall always be such, that it may reach from 30. to 60. degrees, but so that these degrees may be discerned, at both ends of it. The making of a cross staff, serving for divers South stars. FIrst you must observe by the Guards, what stars are in the meridian? for example. The great dog, which is also called the South star, declining near 16. degrees from the Aequator: from which you must begin to number: but so that the midst of your cross, and the nether part of your staff: contain exactly 16. degrees which, there beginning to reckon, shall end descending to the Aequator: from whence again ascending: the numbers are engraven to the staves end, as the Pattern following setteth clearly before your eyes. And if you will make a cross for some other more Southerly star, to wit, which declineth 20. or 25. degrees from the Aequator: than you must begin your account from the same degree unto the Aequator, and then Northward unto the end of the staff, as before. But if you will apply your Cross unto those stars, which have Northern declination: as are the right and left shoulder of Orion: of which the one declineth from the Aequator Northward six degrees and ½ the other five degrees, and ¼: you must begin your reckoning, at like degrees, unto which afterwards you add as many more, from the first degree of the Aequator: in such order that the midst of the cross, and the nether end of the staff, may exactly touch the equinoctial, although the beginning was taken higher and more to the North. In this manner may a cross staff be made perfect, and applied to all sorts of stars, as may be seen in the Pattern. THE MAKING OF A CROSSTAF ❧ HOW TO DRAWER and use a true and perfect Sea Card. FIrst with a large pair of compasses, you must draw a circle: and then divide it with two diameters in 4. even quarters: every of which is to be subdivided in four equal parts, to represent the sixteen points of the compass. This done, draw first the lines of East, West, South and North: next of Southest, Northwest, south-west, north-east. Then of west south-west, East north-east, South Southeast. North Northwest, East Southeast, South south-west: West Northwest, North, north-east: And lastly the bywindes, as west and by South, South and by west, and so forth, which must from point to point be extended, until all the points be drawn. Your Sea-card in this sort drawn: get in a readiness a perfect pattern of some Sea-card: and fasten it under yours in such manner, that the lines of the one, may answer the lines of the other, which done, set than both upon some table of glass, against the light, and draw your Card with black lead, that ye may after perfect it with your pen. For so shall you have an absolute, and authentical Sea-carde. It remains to entreat of the use of it. Suppose you are to sail from the Lizard, or from Vshant to Spain or the Tercera (which is one of the flemish islands) here must you take a course fit for your voyage, placing your centre, or first prick in that point, so far distant in the Card from the said countries, as you guess yourself to be distant indeed: that so beginning at this prick, for one or two 24. hours space, you may hold your course south-west or south-west and by South. Then take two pair of compasses, and with one pair measure the leagues, which by guess you you have run, extending it so long, till the feet of both pair meet: There with a blunt needle or the sharp foot of the compass, you shall make a new prick, which may be defaced again with chalk. But if you happen to shape an other course, to wit, to the South south-west, or west south-west: then must you commit to memory how far you have sailed, and run on this or that point. Wherefore it availeth sometimes to cast out a line a stern, with a lead to it, fastened to a pole or some piece of wood, and setting the compass aloft in the poop, to consider how much the ship goeth to the Leeward, or misseth of the intended course, that you may less err in guessing your course. This done, with one pair of compasses measure the leagues from the last prick; but with the other the course or point: and there again make a new prick: and so forwards. For one foot of the compass must be set upon that line in the Card, which answereth nearest to that point or course on which you have sailed: and with the other foot must you seek the ships course: But with the other pair you must compare with your kale how many leagues you have run. It is commendable every 24. hours, to prick the Card once, and set down how much you have sailed and made: that in the degrees of the Card you may see, what height you are in, and how all capes and coasts bear from you. It is also a goodly matter for the master every morning and evening to write, or cause to be written down, what course and upon what point he hath run: that afterwards also in his Sea-card this may be noted and considered how the capes and channels bear from him: whosoever shall use such a Sea Card, as is here described: shall enjoy thereby no small opportunity and commodity, in right seafaring. THE COURSES OF ALL THE COASTS OF HOLLAND, ZEALAND, France, and Spain, upon what point and in what distance they are. FRom the isle of Texel unto Egmont, South and by west. leagues 5. From Egmont unto the Maze, s. s. w. leag. 11. From the Maze unto the Wielinge, s. w. leag. 12. From the Wieling unto the head or strait between Dover and Calais, w. s. w. leag. 18. From the isle of Walckeren or Flushing unto Calais, s. w. and by w. leag. 22. From Blackness unto Deep, s. s. w. leag. 12. From Deep unto Seyne head, or the river of Seyne, w. s. w. leag. 11. From the Seyne head to the river of Cane, s. w. leag. 8. From thence unto Cape de la Hague, N. w. leag. 12. From thence unto the Caskets, w. and by n. leag. 8. From the Caskets to Garnsey, s. w. and by w. leag. 4. From Garnsey to S. Malo, s. s. e. leag. 10. From Garnsey to the Sept Isles, s. w. and by s. leag. 12. From the 7. Isles to S. Paul, w. s. w. leag. 8. From thence to the Fourne, w. s. w. leag. 10. From the Caskets to the Fourne, s. w. & by w. leag. 34. From the Fourne to S. Mathews point, s. s. e. leag. 3. From thence to Fontenau or Fonteynes. s. & by e. leag. 5. From Vshant to the Seams, seaboard it, South leag. 7. From Fontenau to the west Pennemarques, s. e. leag. 7. From thence unto the isle of Croye, E. & by s. leag. 12. From the west Pennemarques to Bel I'll. E. s.e. leag. 15. From thence to Heys somewhat more easterly, South East, leag. 12. From thence again until within Piquelier, East and South, leag. 10. From thence again unto Croysill, E. & by s. leag. 9 From Picquelier unto Heys, s. and by w. leag. 5. From Heys to the Kiliats', East Southeast. leag. 10. From the isle of Heys to Porthuys, Southeast and by East. leag. 12. From S. Martin's Island to the burning Isle. Southeast and by East, leag. 3. From the burning I'll to the Oyster bank, South Southeast, leag. 3. From S. Martin's Isle to the tower of Cordam, South and by East, leag. 12. From thence unto Bayone, S. and N. leag. 28. From Bayone to Orio, w. south-west, leag. 5. From Orio unto S. jan de Luz. E. S. E. leag. 6. From Orio unto S. Andrew, w. and by s. leag. 20. From S. Andrew to Cap de Pennas, E. and w. leag. 30. From cap. de Pennas to Ribadeo, s. w. & by w. leag. 12. From cap. de Pennas to Ortegal, w. & by w. leag. 20. From Ortegal unto Ribadeo, S. E. leag. 14. From Ortegal unto the isle of Cizarga, south-west and by west, leag. 13. From Cizarga unto Coronna, E. S. E. leag. 6, From thence unto Cap de Coriana, w. S. w. leag. 10. From Coriona to Cap Finisterre, S. and N. leag. 3. From Finisterre unto Bayone, s e. & by s. leag. 14. From Bayone unto Port de Port, s s. east. leag. 18. From Port de Port to Aueiro, S. and by N. leag. 8. From Aueiro to Montega, s. s. w. leag. 5. From Montega unto the Barlinges, s. w. leag. 12. From the Barlinges to Roxende, s. and by e. leag. 12. From Roxende to S. Vues' point, Southeast and by south, leag. 8. From thence unto Cape S. Vincent, South and North, leag. 24. From thence unto Pharo, East. and west. leag. 14. From Pharo unto Lepe, N. E. and by E. leag. 12. From Pharo to Saltees, E. north-east. leag. 18. From Saltees to Chipiona, Southeast leag. 8, From Chipiona to Calis Malis, Southeast leag. 6. From Calis unto the strait of Gibraltar, South southeast. leag. 8 From Calis unto Cap de Cantin, south-west and by south, leag. 60. From cap. de Cantin to the isle of Madera, w. leag. 104 From Cape S. Vincent to Madera, south-west and by west, leag. 115. From Roxende to Madera, south-west leag. 130. From Roxende to the isle of Tercera, west leag. 210. THE COURSES OF ENGLAND, Ireland, and Scotland. FRom Boecknes unto Leeth in Scotland, South south-west, leagues 28. From Leeth unto Berwick, S. southeast. leag. 8. From Berwick unto the Holy I'll, E. S.E. leag. 4. From S. Abbes head to the Eastern end of Farne Iles, southeast leag. 6. From the Isles of Farne to the Tees mouth, South southeast, leag. 16. From the River of Tees to Flamborough head, Southeast and by East, leag. 14. From Flamborough head to Blackney, S. E. leag. 18. From Blackney unto Winterton, southeast leag. 8. From Winterton unto Lestoft, s. & by east. leag. 8. From Lestoft unto Orford haven, south. leag. 7. From Orford unto the Forland, S. southeast. leag. 13. From the Forland to Dover, south. leag. 5. From Dover to the Shingles, or the Nesse point, south-west and by west, leag. 7. From the Nesse point unto the Beache, w.s.w. leag. 6. From the Beache to the isle of Wight, west and by south. leag. 15. From Wight unto Portland. w. and by s. leag. 10. From Portland to the Start point, w. s. w. leag. 14 From the Start unto Ramshead point, w.n.w. leag. 6. From Ramshead unto Dudmans' point, w.s.w. leag. 8. From Dudman to the Lezard point, south-west and by west. leag. 6. From the Lezard to the Isles of Seellye, w. leag. 12. From the Lezard to the Lands-end, w. n. w. leag. 8. From England's end unto the isle of Lundy, north-east. leag. 14. From thence unto the Holiness of Bristol. north-east and by East. leag. 16. From thence to the isle of Caldie. w. s. w. leag. 12. From thence to the Isles of Salteys, on the coasts of Ireland, west northwest, leagues 20 From Salteys to Cape Clear, w. south-west. leag. 25 From Cape Clear to the isle of Dorsey, west, leag. 12 From the point of Dorsey to the isle Blakem, North northwest. leag. 16 From Blakem unto the Isles called Arran, North north-east, leag. 14 From the Isles of Arran to Galwicke, or the Galfe in Ireland, East north-east, leag. 6 OF DIVERS AND SUNDRY Courses over the Western Seas. FRom the Texel on the coasts of Holland, to Flamborough, west northwest, leagues 45 From Texel unto Wintertowne in Norf. w. leag. 32 From the isle of Texel unto Lestoft, w. & by s. leag. 28 From the River of the Maze in south Holland unto Harwich in Suffolk, west, leag. 26 From the said Maze to the foreland of England, west and by south, leag. 25 From the Marsdeep in North Holland, to the said foreland, south-west, leag. 36 From the said Marsdeep to Calais, s.w. & by s. leag. 38 From Dover unto Bulloyne, southeast, leag. 8 From Bolloyne to the Beache, west, leag. 16 From the Beache to Deep in Normandy, s e. leag. 18 From Deep unto the isle of Wight, E.s.e. leag. 28 From Wight to the Seyne head, or mouth s.e. leag. 20 From the said river of Seyne to Portland w.n.w. lea 30 From the isle of Wight unto the Caskets, south-west and by south, leag. 14 From Garnsey into S. Malo in Normandy, s.s.e. leag. 8 From the Caskets to Portland, N. and by w. leag. 10 From the Caskets to the Start point, w.n.w. leag. 16 From the Start to the Sept Isles in Normandy, South southeast, leag. 24 From the Start to S. Paul in Nor. s. & by w. leag. 22 From S. Paul to Portland, N.E. and by N. leag. 32 From the Fornes to Ramshead, N. N. E. leag. 28 From the Start point unto Vshant, s. w & by s. leag. 32 From the Forne to the Lezard, S. and N. leag. 22 From Vshant to the Isles of Silley, N. n. w. leag. 26 From the Sorlings to Milford haven, N. & by E. leag. 25 From the Sorlinges to Wexford in Ireland, North northwest, leag. 34 From the Sorlings to Cape Clear, N.w. leag. 42 From Cape Clear to Cape Finisterre, S. & N. leag. 130 From the Lezard to Cape Finisterre in Galicia, South south-west, leag. 112 From Vshant unto the isle of Cizarga in Galicia, South south-west, leag. 85 From Vshant to Laredo in Biscay, S. southeast. leag. 85 From the Seams rocks to S. Sebastian in Biscay, Southeast and by south, leag. 90 From Vshant again to Cape de Pennas in Biscay, South and North. leag. 70 From Bel I'll unto Ortegal in Galicia, s. w. leag. 75 From S. Martin's Isle to Ortegal, w. s. w. leag. 85 From Ortegal to Cape de Coriana, s.w. & by w. leag. 24 From Cape de Finisterre to the Isles of S. Michael, west south-west. leag. 185 From S. Michael to the isle of Tercera, N.w. leag. 26 From Cape de Finisterre to the isle of Madera, south-west and by west, leag. 190 From Madera unto the great I'll Canary, South and by East, leag. 60 From Cape de Finisterre to Bayone in Galicia, southeast and by east, leag. 15 From cap. de Finisterre to the Isle's Barlinges, South and North, leag. 50 From the Barlinges in Portugal to the isle Canary, south south-west, leag. 170 From the isle of Madera to Calis Malis, E.n.e. leag. 150 From Calis to Cape de Cantin, s w. & by s. leag. 65 From Cape de S. Vincent to Cape de Cantin, south and north, leag. 62 From Cape de Vincent unto the isle of Madera, south-west and by west, leag. 120 From Roxent in Portugal unto the isle of Tercera, East and west, leag. 210 THE COURSES OF NORway, Swedeland, & Eastfinland. FRom Schuytenes to the Vesteen, s. & by e. leag. 4 From Veesteen or Wostone to the Iedder, south southeast, leag. 4 From the jedder to the Vorsteen or forstone, s.e. leag. 5 From the Forstone to the noah's, E. southeast, leag. 6 From the noah's unto Reperwick, E. N. E. leag. 8. From Reperwick to Mardou, north-east, leag. 10 From Mardou unto jofferland, north-east, leag. 8 From jofferland to Langhesondt, N. N. E. leag. 1 From Longhsondt to Ferderoer, N.E. & by E. leag. 6 From Ferderoer unto Soenwater, North leag. 6 From Ferderor unto Roeghe, N. north-east, leag. 4 From Ferderoer unto Akersond, E. north-east, leag. 6 From Akersond to Maesterland, S.E. and by s. leag. 14 From Pater noster to Nydinck, southeast, leag. 8 From Nydinck to Waerberghe, s. e. & by e. leag. 4 From Waersberoghe to Swederoer, s. s, e leag. 6 From Swederoer unto Col, s, south-west. leag. 3 From Col unto Lappesandt, southeast, leag. 3 From Lappesandt unto Ween, s. southeast, leag. 2 From Ween unto Drakerriff, s. & by east, leag. 7 From Drakerriff to Steden, s. and by w. leag. 4 From Steden unto the North end of Bornholm, East and by North, leag. 15 From Bornholm unto Anno, N. and by w. leag. 8 From Anno unto the Rocks, north-east, leag. 8 From the Rocks until within the Calmersond, North north-east, leag. 10 From Calmersond to the Sweedish jonckfrou, North north-east, leag. 8 From the jonckfrou to Landsoort, N. N. E. leag. 8 From thence until before Duyrhaven, n.e. & by e. leag. 8 From the Stockhoms Schares to view of Abo, north-east and by North, leag. 24 From Vieu unto Luns' Vtschares, E.N.E. leag. 28 From the Vtschares to the isle Putsuagro, e. & by n. lea. 30 From thence unto Somere, E. and by w. leag. 9 From Somere to the red Haul of Wiburgh N.E. leag. 9 From the Red hole to Traelsand, N.E. & by N. leag. 2 From thence unto Wiburgh. leag. 2 DIVERS COURSES UPON the whole Eastern Sea. FRom Bornriff to Bovenberghe, N. N. E. leag. 45 From Bovenberghe to the noah's, N.N.w. leag. 24 From the noah's unto the Eems, S. and by E. leag. 58 From the noah's to Borntiff, S. and N. leag. 75 From the noah's unto the isle of Walckeren in Zealand, South and by west, leag. 92 From the noah's to the Holmes before Yermouth, south south-west, leag. 80 From the noah's unto Tynemouth, S.w. & by which leag. 78 From the noah's unto Bocknes, west. leag. 68 From the noah's unto the Holmes, southeast. leag. 17. From the noah's unto Sckaghen, East and west. leag. 25. From Sckaghen unto Mardou, N. w. leag. 16 From Sckaghen to Langhsond, N. N. w. leag. 16. From Sckagen to the Ferdet, N. and by w. leag. 15. From Sckagen to Maesterland, E.N.E. leag. 10 From Sckagen to the trindel, S.E. and by E. leag. 7 From the trindel of Lesou, unto Anout, s.e. leag. 8 From Anout to Col. South southeast. leag. 9 From Col to Aselyn on Zealand in Denmarcke, south west and by west. leag. 8 From Aselyn to Steuens head. w. N.w. leag. 14 From Falsterboner riff to Witmont, s.e. & by s. lea. 14 From Steden to Bornholme, E. and by S. leag. 16 From Bornholm to Reefcol, east and by north. leag. 20 From Bornholm to Coolsberghe. southeast. leag. 10 From Bornholm unto the Rock, north n.e. leag. 15 From Bornholm to Houbourgh, n.e. leag. 38 From Houbourgh to Rigs head, south and N. leag. 28 From Houbourgh unto the window, E.N.E. leag. 26 From Oostergarde unto the window, E. & w. leag. 20 From the window to Dageroort, N. E & by n. leag. 28 From Dageroort, unto the Gotsche sand, n, e. & by. n. lea. 18 From Dageroort unto the Vieu, N.w. & by N. leag. 10 From the Gotsche sand to Bouschaer, N. & by E. leag. 15 From Marien unto Elsenuos, N.N.E. leag. 14 THE COURSES OF FRIESLAND, IVTland, Pomeren, Courland, and Lyffland. FRom Maers' depth in Holland, to Bornriff, n.e. lea. 10 From Bornriff to Wrangherooch, E.N.E. leag. 26 From Wrangherooch, to Holy land, north, leag. 5 From holy land unto the River of Elue, southeast and by east. leag. 6 From Holy land to the River of Eyder, East and by North. leag. 6 From Holy land unto Rypen, north-east and by North. leag. 12 From Rypen, unto Bovenbergh, N. n.w. leag. 25 From Bovenberghe to Holmen, N. N. E. leag. 6 From Holmen unto Robbenknuyt, North-east. leag. 8 From Robbenknuyt to Sckaghen, north n.e. leag. 9 From Sckaghen unto Zebay, south & by w. leag. 6 From Zebay unto Hals, s and by w. leag. 5 From Hals unto Stevens-head, s. s. E. leagues. 5 From Stevens-head to the great Helm, s.s.w. leag. 6 From the great Helm, unto wero, s.s. E. leag. 3 From wero, unto Bolsack, s. s. w. leag. 3 From Bolsack to Sproo, s. s. E. leag. 8 From Sproo, unto Longh-land, s. E. leag. 3 From Longh-land, unto Lalants haeck or hoocke, south and North. leagues. 7 From thence unto Femeren, s. E. leagues. 4 From the Isle of Femeren, to the Rae of Lubeck. south south west. leagues. 8 From Rae to Crycer-oort, N. E and s. w. lea. 4 From Cruyceroort, unto Robbenes, North-east and by East. leag. 12 From Robbenes, to Witmont, n. E and by E. leag. 8 From Witmont, to jasmont, s. E. and by E. leag. 2 From jasmont, to the Paert, s. s. e. leag. 2 From the Paert, unto Colsberghe, E. n. e. leag. 12 From Colsberghe unto Garshooft or head, north east and by north, leagues, 10 From Garshead, unto Reefcol, E.N.E. leag. 4 From Reefcol, unto the Risschehooft or head. E.n.c. lea. 12 From Rishe●●, unto Heel, s.e. leag. 6 From Heel, unto the Wissel of Danzick, s. & by w. lea. 4 From thence, to Conincxberghe depth, n. E. & by E. lea. 10 From thence, to the Memel, n. N.E. leag. 12 From the Memel, to Zevenberghe, n.n.w. leag. 8 From Zevenberow, unto the window, N. & by E. lea. 14 From the window, unto Lyseroert, N.E. & by E. leag. 4 From Lyseroert, to Domsnes, E.N.E. leag. 8 From Domsnes, unto Runen, E. and w. leag. 6 From Runen, unto Rygh, S.E. leag. 12 From Rygh, unto Pernouth, N. and by E. leag. 14 From Pernouth, unto the East end of the Olsel, west northwest. leag. 10 From thence, unto the Swalawcroort, n. E. leag. 14 From thence, unto Dagheroort, n.n.w. leag. 18 From thence, unto Zyburgsnes, n. E. leag. 6 From Zybourghsnes, to Oitkens Holm. n.e. & by e. lea. 5 From Oitkins holm, to Narien, E.n. E. leag. 6 From Narien, unto Wrangher, E. leag. 6 From Wrangher, unto Eke-holm, E. and by s. leag. 7 From Eke-holm, unto the narve, E. and by s. leag. 12 From the narve, unto the Russe-haecke, n. leag. 4 From the Russche-hookes, to Wybourgh, north-east and by n. leag. 16 From the High Island, unto the narve, s.e. leag. 10 From Highland, unto Somere, n.e. and by E. leag. 10 From Highland, unto Narien, w.s.w. leag. 20 From Narien to Luz, by the Scheeres, n.n.w. leag. 8 From Vieu, unto Bouscher, s.w. and by s. leag. 12 From Bouschaer, unto the great Carell, s s.w. leag. 10 From thence, to the South end of Godtland, s.e. and by s. leag. 6 From Houbergh, unto the Ryghs head, South and by east. leag. 26 From Houbergh, to the South end of Oeland. south-west and by west, leag. 18 From Oelandt, unto Bornholm, s.w. and by s. leag. 20 From Oelandt, to the Rygish head. s.e. leag. 22 From Bornholm, unto Witmondt, s.w. leag. 9 From Dorenbosch, unto Moen, n.w. leag. 7 From Moen, unto Gheester riff, s.s.w. leag. 6 From Gheester riff, unto Lubeck, s.w. and by w. lea. 14 The Sea courses on the backside of Moscovy, and generally of all our traffics. FRom Candalex, unto Ombay, s.e. and by e. leag. 10 From Ombay, unto Stalsland. south east. leag. 8 From Stalsland, unto Warsiga, E.s. E. leag. 12 From Warsiga, unto Caroa, E.s. E. leag. 8 From Carea, unto Karswyck, E. leag. 5 From Karswyck, unto Polongi, E.n. E. leag. 6 From Polongi, unto Sautsnawitz, n.e. by e. leag. 6 From Sautsnawits, unto the Isles, n.n. E. leag. 10 From the three Isles, to Orlogonos, n.n.w. leag. 4 From Orlogonos, to Sweetonos, n.w. and by n. leag. 12 From Sweetonos, to the Seven Isles, s. E. leag. 18 From the Seven Isles, unto Kildin, s. E. leag. 24 From Kildin to Lauwes, N.w. and by N. leag. 8 From Lauwes to Oosterhaven, S.E. leag. 10 From Oosterhaven to Waerhuys, N.w. & by N. leag. 10 From Waerhuys to Matcorf, N.w. leag. 10 From Matcorf to Northkin w. N.w. leag. 12 From Northkin to the North Cape E. and w. leag. 10 From the North Cape or Lop to Trompsont w. S.w. leag. 40 From Trompsont to Lof foot, S.w. leag. 38 From Lof-foote to Rust, S.S.w. leag. 25 From Rust, to Stad S.w. more S. leag. 90 From Stad to Berghen, S. and N. leag. 30 From Berghen, unto the Wtsiers, S. and by E. leag. 30 From the Wtsiers, to the noah's, S.E. leag. 29 From Schaghen, to the Riff, s.w. and by w. leag. 24 From the Riff, to Calais by Flaunders, s.s.w. leag. 95 From the Heads to the Shingles, or Nesse point S.w. and by w. leag. 9 From the Nesse point to Beachy, w.s.w. leag. 7 From Beachy to the isle of wight, w. and by s. leag. 15 From Wight, to the Start point, w. and by s. leag. 26 From the Start to without Vshant, S. w. & by w. leag. 30 From Vshant to Cizarga, s. s.w leag. 86 From Cizarga to Cape de Finisterre, w.s.w. leag. 12 From Cape de Finisterre to the Barlings S. and N. leag. 50 From Cape de Finisterre to the Ter●●…ra, w. and by S. leag. 120 From Cape de Finisterre to the I'll Madera, S. w. and by S. leag. 180 From Madera to the great Canary, s. & by E. leag. 60 From Forteventura to Palma, w. leag. 60 From Porto Santo to Madera, s.w. leag. 10 From Porto Santo to Cape S. Vincent, N. E. and by E. leag. 104 From Cape S. Vincent to Lanes, E. and by N. leag. 5 From Lanes to Pharo, E. and by s. leag. 20 From Pharo or Cape de S. Maria to Auila, N.E. leag. 4 From Faro to Leep N.E. and by E. leag. 13 From Faro unto Saltees, E.N.E. leag. 18 From Cape de Maria to Rodun, E. and by N. leag. 22 From Cape de Maria to Chipiona E. leag. 23 From Cape de Maria to Calis Malis, E. and by s. leag. 28 From Cape de Maria to the Straight, s. E. and by E. leag. 36 The Straight of Gibraltar hath his course through, E. and by N. leag. 5 From the Straight of Gibraltar, to Malaga, N.E. leag. 28 From Malaga to Almeria, E. leag. 28 From Almeria to Cape de Gates E. and by S. leag. 5 From Cape de Gates to new Cartagena, N.E. leag. 28 From Cape de Palo to Cape de Martin, N.N.E. lea 32 From Cape de Martin to Valentia, N.N.w. leag. 10 From Valentia, unto Tortosa, N.E. leag. 18 From Valentia to Cape de Calo, N.E. leag. 9 From Cape de Calo to Barzelona. N.E. and by E. leag. 16 THE LATITUDES OR ALTITUDES OF THE Pole of the most famous places, points, and Capes, both of the Eastern and Western Navigation. De. Mi. THe Isles of Solosky lie in 64 45 Ombay in 64 40 S. Nicolas in 64 40 Kildine in 69 34 The North cape of Norway. 71 30 Samien islands. 70 0 The Slorp, or Mousko stream. 67 39 Dronten. 64 30 Stadt. 62 0 Boukenes of the noah's, and the Schaw. 57 50 Berghen in Norway. 60 20 The South cape of Yzland. 65 36 Wiben Island. 65 10 The North cape of Yzland. 68 35 Grinsas isle. 68 40 The south-west end of Groenland. 73 0 Faharil 59 40 Revel in Lifland. 59 55 Window, and Eastergart. 57 40 Bornholm. 55 20 The Sound. 56 10 Bovenberghen. 56 38 Heylich or Holy land. 54 30 The Eems, or Borkom. 53 48 The Flie. 53 34 Texel. 53 8 The Maze. 52 0 Rammekens, or Walkeren. 51 25 Dover. 51 12 Portland. 50 40 The Caskets. 49 44 Vshant. 48 38 The Lizard. 50 4 The Start. 50 15 Studland point. 50 30 The Thames, London, or the North foreland. 51 34 The I'll of bresil. 51 20 The Southermost point of it. 51 0 The Northermost point. 51 40 Cape Dorsey in Ireland. 51 40 Asmaidas Island. 46 50 The Seams. 48 4 Belyle. 47 28 S. Martin's Isle. 46 26 The midst of Oleron. 46 0 The River of Bourdeaux. 45 34 A cason. 44 50 The Sea coasts of all Biskay. 43 35 Cape de Torres. 40 0 Ortegal. 44 50 Cape Finisterre. 43 0 Bayon. 42 0 Port de Port. 41 0 Montega 40 0 Roxent. 38 56 Cape Spigot, or S. Wes head. 38 62 Cape S. Vincent. 36 58 Calis Malis. 36 20 The straits of Gibraltar. 35 36 Prom. Herculis. Cape Cantin. 35 40 Prom. Atlantis. Cape d'Alguer. 30 15 Grand Canary. 28 20 The I'll of Palma. 29 0 The Lancerotta. 29 10 The I'll of Madera. 32 34 Porto Santo. 33 25 S. Michel's Island. 38 0 Tercera. 39 4 Teneriff. 38 10 The rocks of Arram. 56 6 The north end of Ireland. 56 6 The Burlings. 39 35 The North point of Scotland. 59 15 The Norther I'll of Leenos. 58 55 The South part of Rockol. 58 18 The Northern point of Rockol. 58 30 The South point of Fero. 61 45 The northermost point of Fero. 62 50 The South point of the isle of Philo. 60 20 The North part of Philo. 60 26 The South Capes of Hytland. 60 14 The North point of those islands. 61 30 AN EXPLAINING OF THE COMMON Table of the Tides and Ebbs. WE have marked, according to the custom of ancient Pilots, upon what point of the Compass the Moon causeth high water in any of these places following. But you must know that these points may not be taken or counted after the movable Compass; which only divideth the Horizon in his plain, and showeth absolutely, in what Azimuth or Vertical circle, the Sun or the Moon standeth: by which the floods are not governed. For experience teacheth, that the Sun entering into Cancer, in his greatest declination: in Spain, and other countries having the like Elevation of the Pole, cometh first into the East point at eight of the clock in the morning, and into the West point at four in the afternoon. But in our Climate about half an hour after eight, and as much before five: So that in 8. or 9 hours, by this Compass account, he finisheth his course from the East to the West: and contrariwise by night from the West to the East in 15. or 16 hours. But this happeneth once a month to the Moon, which sometimes endeth her course from the East to the West almost a whole hour sooner than the Sun, because she ascendeth above 5. degrees more Northward than the Sun. Therefore you must understand, and conceive in mind; as if the lines of the Compass were drawn from the Pole of the world: For then, be the Sun and Moon high or low, ever at six of the clock they are in the East and West. By which occasion, seeing those lines are none other, than the hour circles, we have reduced those unto these: allowing unto every line 45. minutes or three quarters of an hour: so that four lines, make three hours; and eight, six. Thus may the tides be reckoned by this Table, for any place or day, so that the moons age be known. Seek the day in the right line, in which your place standeth; and it shall show you the hour and minute of the tide. Fol. 31. For as much as the Eastern Sea, hath no Ebb neither Flood. Therefore shall we begin this reckoning of the tides, from the jutlandish islands. What Moon maketh full Sea upon the Coasts of jutland, Frizland, Holland & Zealand. AT the jutlandish Isles have you full Sea with a South and North Moon. Before the Rivers of Hever, Eyder, and Elue, have you full flood with a South and North Moon. At Amborough with an East and West Moon. underneath Holyland with a West south-west. M. Before the River of Weeser with a South and North M. Before the Eastern and Western entrances of the Eems, or the River of Embden with a Southeast & Northw. M. Before all the Coasts of Frizland with a S.E. and N.W.M. Before the Fly with a Southeast & Northw. M. Before Gheest of Texel with an East southeast M. Before the Maersdeep with an East and west M. Upon the flats of west Frizland, & of Wieringe S.E. & N.w. M Before the Fen in the channel of the Sea with a S.S.E.M. At Enchuysen, and the isle of Vrck with a S. and N.M. At Horn, and Eedam with a S.S.w. M. At Amstelredamme, with a S.w. and N.E.M. At Egmont, and Haerlem, with a w. S.w. M. From Haerlem, unto the River of the Maes. S.w. and N.E. Before the Maes, and the isle of Goere, with a S.S.w. M. At Rotterdam, with a S.w. and N.E. On all the Sea coasts of Sealand, with a S.S.w. M. At Antwerp, with an E. and w. M. Before the Wielinghe, with a S.S.w. M. Full Sea upon all the coasts of Flaunders, Normandy, Britain, Gascoine, Biscay, Galicia, Portugal, and Spain. ON all the coasts of Flaunders, with a S. and N. Moon. On the out side of the banks of Flaunders S.w. & N.E. At Swaertenes, or Blackney, with a S.S.w. M. At Bolleyne, Deep, and at sayn head. or the mouth of the River of Seyne, with a S.S.E.M. Within the Seyne, with a S.E.M. Before the haven of Cane, with a S. and by E. Within the Fosse of Cane, with a S.S.E.M. Before Cherborough and the Ras of Blancquert. S. and N.M. At the isle of Garnzey, W. and by S. At Concall, and saint Malo, E. and w. M. At the Sept Isles, with a w. S.w. M. On saint Paul, and on the out side of Vshant E. and w. M. On all the coasts of Britain, Poictou, & Gascoine, S.w. & N.E.m. In the Bay within Vshant, w.s.w.m. At saint Mathews point, and at Fontenau. S.w. and by S.M. Before the River of Nantes, and before the Bay, S.w. & N.E.M. Before the Kiliates, and Porthuys, with a S.w. and N.E.M. Before Brovage, in the River, with a S.w. and by w. M. Before the River of Bourdeaux, with a S.w. and N.E.M. Within the River of Roiane, with a S.w. and by w. M. On all the coasts of biscay, Galicia, Portugal and Spain, with a S.w. and N.E.M. Within all the havens aforesaid, with a S.w. and by w. M. At saint jan de Luz, with a S.S.E.M. In the Condado, with a s. and N.M. Full Sea on all the Coasts of England, Scotland, & Ireland. AT Tinmouth, before the River of Newcastle, S.W. Moon. Before Hartlepool, or the River of Tees mouth, a S.W.M. Before Whitbuy and Robbinheads Bay, with a S. W.M. At scarborough and Flamborough head, W.S.W.M. At Hull within the River of Humber E. and W.M. Before the haven of Lynn, with an E. and W.M. Before Humber's mouth in the Sea, with a N.W.M. At Burnam and Blackeney, with a E. and W.M. Before Cromer, Winterton, and Yarmouth, with a S.E.M. At Yarmouth, and Lestoffe, with a S.S.E.M. At Orford, and Harwich, with a S. and by E.M. On the outside of Harwich banks S.S. E.M. Before Margate and the Thames mouth, with a S. and by E. M. At the Foreland, with a S. and N.M. In the Downs before Sandwich S. At Dover within the haven S. and N.M. In the mids of the Heads or Strait. S.W.M. Alongst the Shingles, or the Nesse point. S.S. w. M. Within the Chamber before Winchelsey. S. and by E.M. Before the Beach at shore, with a S. and N.M. At Hampton before the Key, with a S. and N.M. Before the isle of Wight and Portesmouth. S. and by E.M. On the West end of Wight. with a S.S.W.M. By Portland in the Channel, with a N.N.W.M. Within the Ras of Portland, with a S. E.M. Before the Startpoint in the Channel. W.N.W.M. Within Torbay and Dartmouth. with a w. and by S. M. Within Plymmouth and Foye, with an w. and by S. M. Before Foye in the Channel, with an E. S.E. At the Lizard to shore, with a E. S. Before the Sorlinges or Silley, in the Channel. E. and W.M. Between Foye & Falemouth, in the Channel. W. and by W.M. Within Montsbay, with a E.N.E.M. Within the Isles of Silley or Sorlinges. N.E. by E.M. At Lundy, and at the Holmes of Bristol. E. and W.M. Within Bristol to the shore, with an E. and by S.M. In the Sea of Wales or Severne, with a W.S.W.M. At Caldie and Milford, with a w. and by S.M. At Waterford, and all the Sea coasts of Ireland. W.S.W.M. All the West coasts of Ireland. W.S.W.M. ❧ AN INSTRUCTION TO KNOW HOW MANY LEAGVES YOU DO SAIL UPON EVERY POINT OF THE COMPASS FOR A DEGREE: WHEN YOU TAKE YOUR COURSE BESIDES THE SOUTH OR NORTH OUT OF THE RIGHT MERIDIAN LINE: And how much you decline towards the East or west, upon every point or course, on this side or beyond the Acquinoctiall. Upon the South or North point, we hold still one Meridian, and you shall sail to raise one degree. leag. 15. Upon the South and by west point, for one degree. leag. 15. ½ you are declined from the Meridian. leag. 3. Upon the South southwest point, for one degree. leag. 16. you are declined from the Meridian. leag. 6. Upon the south-west and by south point, for one degree. leag. 18. you are then declined from the Meridian. leag. 10. Upon a North-east and a south-west course, one degree is leag. 21. then are you declined from the Meridian. leag. 15. Upon a south-west and by west course, one degree is, leag. 27. then are you beside the Meridian. leag. 22. Upon a west south-west course your sail for one degree. leag. 40. then are you past the Meridian. leag. 36. Upon a west and by south course, for one degree you run, leag. 78. then have you left the Meridian Line. leag. 75. But sailing an East and West course, you remain always in the same Parallel between the Pole and the Aequator, declining neither Northwards, nor southwards: but keeping the same height of the Pole continually. After this manner may you consider the other three quarters. A COMPASS AND TABLE CONTAINING THE READIEST AND SHORTEST WAY TO FIND OUT ALL THE TIDES ALONGST ALL THE COASTS OF SPAIN, FRANCE England, Ireland, Flaunders, Holland and Friesland, as well within the havens as without from shore: of which compass the inner Circle showeth the full seas upon all those coasts, and in the havens themselves. The other utter Circle showeth the full seas off from shore alongst all those said coasts in the channels, or other deeps. 〈…〉 THIS UPPER HALF CIRCLE declareth the Number of Leagues, that you must sail upon each point of the compass, before you can raise or lay a Degree, Southwards or Northwards. The nether half circle containeth the Number of Leagues which. you run from y or. Meridian in altering of each point of the Compass A DECLARATION OF THE TABLE FOLLOWING, WHICH Containeth all the full seas and ebbs upon the same point. THis is first to be noted, that all the places, which have their full seas on the same point, are sorted together in the table following, whose parts have this order. The first number of the Column noteth the age of the moon: the two that follow signify the hours and minutes of the tide in those places assigned. As for example. At the new or full moon, you have at Enchuysen, and in all the places ranged with it, under the title of a South and North Moon, full sea at 12. a clock. When the Moon is one day old, it shall be there full sea at 12. of the clock 45. minutes: when she is two days old, at 1. a clock. 30. minutes. A three days moon, at 2. a clock 15. min. and at four days, at 3. a clock. Then is she horned, and hath run the eight part of her course. But when she shall be half full or one quarter old, it shall flow still in those places till six a clock, morning and evening. After this the tide shall be later every day than other, by three quarters of an hour. Thus by this which hath been said, the just time of the full sea, may be accounted with ease, in what place soever. As every 15. day, one point of the compass is given overplus to the full moon: the cause is, that the compass hath 32. points, and the moon but 30. days. Whereupon in this table of Tides you must begin your account again at the full or new moon, the 15. day. And when the moon is half a quarter old, being North-east, and south-west, it shall be high water at 3. in the morning, and afternoon. But on the quarter days an East and West moon at 6. a clock morning and evening, shall cause full sea. For in this manner are the tides reckoned of Pilots and all Mariners every day. A perfect Table to find out easily, upon each point of the Compass, what day of the moons age, and what hour and minute of the day or night you shall have full Sea, or falling water in all places. S and N Moon, full Sea. The Ebb upon the same point. S. and by W. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb upon the same point. 0 12 0 At all the Isles of jutland. Before the Eyder and Hever. Before Delfzyle and Embden. Before Enchuysen, Vik, all the shores of Flaunders. Beachy shore. At the Foreland. Within Harwich. At Dover. At Concalo, S. Malo. In the Condado. At Hamton kaye. From the Ness unto Bollaine. 0 12 45 Before the Cammer of Rye. Before Flisshing. From the Ness unto Wolforts land. From Estaples, unto Bollayne. 1 12 45 1 1 30 2 1 30 2 2 15 3 2 15 3 3 0 4 3 0 4 3 45 5 3 45 5 4 30 6 4 30 6 5 15 7 5 15 7 6 0 8 6 0 8 6 45 9 6 45 9 7 30 10 7 30 10 8 15 11 8 15 11 9 0 12 9 0 12 9 45 13 9 45 13 10 30 14 10 30 14 11 15 15 11 15 15 12 0 S.w. and N. E. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb. S.w. and by W. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb. 0 3 0 Between the Heads. At Fontenay. All the coasts of Spain, Gascoine, Poictou, and without the banks of Flanders. The South coasts of Britain. Before New Castle. In Robbenhoods bay. At Amstelredam. Dordrecht. Zierick sea, and Rotterdam. From Cape de la Hague, unto the isle and Ras of Alderney. From jarsey unto the Caskets. From Mylford, unto the Ramshead, before Foye. In the Ras of Portland. 0 3 45 Before the Garonne or the River of Bourdeaux. From Strusart, unto Deep. From Cape de Clear, to Lundye. From the Lizard, unto the Start point. 1 3 45 1 4 30 2 4 30 2 5 15 3 5 15 3 6 0 4 6 0 4 6 45 5 6 45 5 7 30 6 7 30 6 8 15 7 8 15 7 9 0 8 9 0 8 9 45 9 9 45 9 10 30 10 10 30 10 11 15 11 11 15 11 12 0 12 12 0 12 12 45 13 12 45 13 13 30 14 1 30 14 2 15 15 2 15 15 3 0 E. and W. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb. W. and by N. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb. 0 6 0 On the outside of the Sorlinges. Before Hamborough. At Lundye. Before the Mars-deepe. In the Bay, before S. Paul. Without Vshant. Before Bourdeaux. At Blackney and Wels. At Hull within the river. Before Antwerp. From the Caskets, to Dierliet. From the lands end, unto the Lizard. 0 6 45 Before Falemouth. At Plymouth. At Hartlepoole. Before Scharborough. From the isle of Bas, unto Marwanen alongst the shore. 1 6 45 1 7 30 2 7 30 2 8 15 3 8 15 3 9 0 4 9 0 4 9 45 5 9 45 5 10 30 6 10 30 6 11 15 7 11 15 7 12 0 8 12 0 8 12 45 9 12 45 9 1 30 10 1 30 10 2 15 11 2 15 11 3 0 12 3 0 12 3 45 13 2 45 13 4 30 14 4 30 14 5 15 15 5 15 15 6 0 N.w. and S.E. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb. N.w. and by N. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb. 0 0 0 In the Ras of Portland. Before the Caskets. Before Garnesey. Before the Ems. Before the Vlie. Before S. Helen. Upon the Flakes of the Wiering, and Frysland. From Yarmouth, unto Cromer within the banks. 0 9 45 Within the needles of Wight. Within the Goude. 1 9 45 1 10 30 2 10 30 2 11 15 3 11 15 3 12 0 4 12 0 4 12 45 5 12 45 5 1 30 6 1 30 6 2 15 7 2 15 7 3 0 8 3 0 8 3 45 9 3 45 9 4 30 10 4 30 10 5 15 11 5 15 11 6 0 12 6 0 12 6 45 13 6 45 13 7 30 14 7 30 14 8 15 15 8 15 15 9 0 S. S.w Moon, full Sea. The Ebb upon the same point. S.w. and by S. Moon, full Sea. The Ebb upon the same point. 0 1 30 Before the Wieling. Before the Maze. In the Downs. All alongst Beachy. At blackness. On all the coasts of Zealand. At Armuye. Before Canfer, or Teruer. Under Holy land. From graveling, to Woltersland. 0 2 15 At Saint Lucas. At Lisbon. At Cales Malis. Before the Condado. Before S. Mathews. A mids the Heads between Dover and Calais. From Dunkirk to graveling. From Cane to Estaples. From Deep to Cane. From Bertram to the Caskets. From Dartmouth to Excester. 1 2 15 1 3 0 2 3 0 2 3 45 3 3 45 3 4 30 4 4 30 4 5 15 5 5 15 5 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 45 7 6 45 7 7 30 8 7 30 8 8 15 9 8 15 9 9 0 10 9 0 10 9 45 11 9 45 11 10 30 12 10 30 12 11 15 13 11 15 13 12 0 14 12 0 14 12 45 15 12 45 15 1 30 W.S.w. Moon full Sea. The Ebb. W. and by S. Moon full Sea. The Ebb. 0 4 30 In the Brefond, and Vourd. At Marie port. At Calais within the creek. On the West coast of Ireland. At Obeurac. In Moushole haven. Before the river of Humber. From Oastend to saint catherin's. From Dierliet to Strusart. The Bresont, out and in. From Cape de Clear to Saltees. From Lundie, to Milford. From Wales into the channel of Brustol. From the Sorlings, to the lands end. From the Start to Portland. 0 5 15 Within Falmouth. Within Plymouth. Within Dartmouth. At the Lezard. Before S. Paul. Within Garnsey. In the Sea of Walls. Before Lyn. From the isle of Base to Dorsey and the Bay of Cape Clear. From the Sorlings to the Lysard. From Portland to the isle of Wight. From Wight to Beachy. 1 5 15 1 6 0 2 6 0 2 6 45 3 6 45 3 7 30 4 7 30 4 8 15 5 8 15 5 9 0 6 9 0 6 9 45 7 9 45 7 10 30 8 10 30 8 11 15 9 11 15 9 12 0 10 12 0 10 12 45 11 12 45 11 1 30 12 1 30 12 2 15 13 2 15 13 3 0 14 3 0 14 3 45 15 3 45 15 4 30 W.N.w. Moon full Sea. The Ebb. N. and by W. Moon full Sea. The Ebb. 0 7 30 Within Portland. Against the Start. Before Dartmouth. Before the Gheest, or in the road within the isle of Texel. On the Nesse of Wicringhe. From the Caskets, to Garnsey. A quarter of a tide, within, and without Saint Gylis. From Dierliet to the sayn head. 0 8 15 On the outside of the Caskets, in the Channel. 1 8 15 1 9 0 2 9 0 2 9 45 3 9 45 3 10 30 4 10 30 4 11 15 5 11 15 5 12 0 6 12 0 6 12 45 7 12 45 7 1 30 8 1 30 8 2 15 9 2 15 9 3 0 10 3 0 10 3 45 11 3 45 11 4 30 12 4 30 12 5 15 13 5 15 13 6 0 13 6 0 14 6 45 15 6 45 15 7 30 N.N.w. Moon full Sea. The Ebb. N. and by w. Moon high water. The Ebb. 0 10 30 On the out side of Portland, in the Nesse. From Deep, to Bollaine shore. Within the isle of Wight. At Margate. At Orford haven, and at Harwich without the banks. At Lestof. From Blackney, to Cape de Dorsey. Against the isle of Derdon. 0 8 15 Within the Cammer. At Wolfords' horn. In Orford haven. At Rye. Within Portesmouth. From S. Mathews to the Fornes. From Fontenay to S. Mathews. 1 11 15 1 9 0 2 12 0 2 9 45 3 12 45 3 10 30 4 1 30 4 11 15 5 2 15 5 12 0 6 3 0 6 12 45 7 3 45 7 1 30 8 4 30 8 2 15 9 5 15 9 3 0 10 6 0 10 3 45 11 6 45 11 4 30 12 7 30 12 5 15 13 8 15 13 6 0 14 9 0 14 6 45 15 9 45 15 7 30 EBBS OR FALLING OF Tides alongst the coasts of Friesland, Holland, Zealand, and Flaunders. FRom Holyland to Bornriff, the flood falleth a quarter of a tide thwart towards the land, & thence E. N.E From Bornriff to the hooks of Texel, the flood falleth a quarter of a tide thwart towards the land, the rest of the tide falleth N. E From the Hooks to the Maez it falleth a quarter of a tide towards the land, and the rest of the tide N. N.E From the Maez to the Caybanck, it falleth the third part of the tide towards the land, the rest N. E From the Cay bank to the banks of Flaunders, it falleth half a tide towards the land, than it turneth round with the Moon, and falleth the other quarter E. N.E Alongst Flaunders coast within the Banks, it falleth a third part of the tide towards the land, the rest of the tide falleth N.E. and by E. Without the said banks, it turneth about with the Moon, the other half falleth N.E. Before graveling and Calais the third part of the tide falleth towards the land, the rest falleth N.E. and by E. Falling of Floods and Tides alongst the North coasts of Scotland and England. FRom the Isles Orcades unto Leeth in Scotland, the flood falleth alongst the shore S. and N. From the river of Leeth to Twed or the river of Berwick, it falleth S.S.E. From the Twed to Flamborough head S.E. and by E. From Flamborough to the river of Humber, S.S.E. From Humber unto Cromer, S. E. From Cromer unto Yarmouth, S. S.E. From Yermouth to Lestoft, at the end of the Holmes, s.s. E. From Lestoft to Orford haven it falleth S. and N. From Orford haven within the banks called the Spits, up alongst the coast, unto the Thames. S. and N. Near the Foreland within, and before Margate, and so towards the Recoluers, it falleth E. and w. At the Foreland on the inside of the Goodwin. S. and N. From Orford haven unto Dover, in the right course, S. and by E. And moreover, abouts four leagues N. E. and by E. from the Foreland lieth a bank called Cnock, or Galper, unto the which bank the floods fall from the North, and from the South alongst the coasts of England, where they meet, and then fall together with a great whorling & noise over the said bank towards the coasts of Flaunders, and therefore is that bank called the Galper. Furthermore, in the North Sea, between the Riff and the White Sand, doth the flood turn with the Moon, and maketh a strong tide there abouts, as likewise upon the should called Brood veerthien. And in the right course, between Holland and England, the stream turneth with the Moon, and falleth half the tide to the seawards. THE FALLING OF TIDES and floods alongst the West coasts of England and Ireland. IN the midst of the Heads or Straight, between Dover and Calais, the flood falleth N.E. and by N. From the Singles or the Nesse point, unto the Beachy, it falleth E.N.E. Before the Seven Cliffs of the Beachy it falleth E. and by S. From the Beachy unto the isle of Wight. E. and by N. From the isle of Wight unto Portland. E. and by N. From Portland to the Start point. E.N.E. And at Portland into the Bay, it falleth N.E. Before Exmouth two leagues from land N.N.E. Before Dartmouth on the land, it falleth N.E. and by N. From the Start point alongst the coast unto Plymouth. E.S.E. From Ramhead point unto Dudman point. E.N.E. From Dudman point unto the Lizard point. N.E. In the Channel before Foy, it falleth E. and by N. From the Lizard unto the lands end. E.S.E. From the Lizard to the Sorlinges. E. and by N. From the end of Ireland unto Cape de Clear. E. and by N. From Dorsey to the isle of Blackney. N.N.w. From Cape de Clear to Waterford. E.N.E. From the Isles of Silly, unto the isle of Lundy. N.E. From the isle of Lundy to the Holmes of Brustol. E.N.E. Into the Channel of Brustol, it falleth E.N.E. From Milford haven to the isle of Romsie. N.E. In the Channel of Lundy, it falleth N.E. and by E. In the Channel of Walls on the back side of England. E. and w. Between Lundy and Milford, it falleth N.E. and by E. The falling of Tides and Floods alongst the coasts of France and Britain. FRom Blackney to the Oldman, S. and by w. From Bollaine to Estaples, it falleth S. and by w. From Estaples to Deep, it falleth S.w. and by S. From Deep to Cane in Normandy. S.w. and by S. From Seyne head unto Derley, it falleth w. S.w. From the Struysart to Deep, it falleth N.E. and by E. From Derley to Cape de la Hague, it falleth S.S.E. From Cape de la Hague to Aldernay. N.E. In the Rasse of Blanquert, it falleth N.E. From Dierley to the Caskets, it falleth E. and w. From Garnsey to the Caskets, it falleth a quarter of a tide East, Southeast, and the rest N.E. At the Sept Isles, the flood falleth E. and by S. From the Sept Isles to S. Pol, alongst the shore, E. & by S. From S. Pol to the Fourne, it falleth E. and by S. From the Fourne to S. Mathews point S. and by E. In the Bresont between Vshant and the Seams. E.N.E. In the Ras of Fontenay, the flood falleth thwart over the Rock called the Empress, and maketh a very great noise and tumbling, on the bank called the Calf. Furthermore upon all the coasts of Poictou, Gascoigne, Biscay, Gallicia, Portugal and Spain, it falleth always right of and on, to and fro. FOrasmuch as of late days many skilful and experienced navigators, and shipmaisters have most earnestly travailed to find out a sure and perfect way whereby with the help of some certain signs, or instruments, aswell the Longitude of the place, from East to West, as the Altitude of the Pole between South and North might in sailing be secretly known: yet have brought nothing to light more than what long ago was well known to our ancestors, that is to say: the use of certain instruments which in this thing are uncertain, though very good and perfect in that use to the which they were first made: and seeing that by them all there is not discovered any hidden way in the firmament, by the which the Longitude of the place might certainly be observed and used, I will not at this time make any mention thereof, but defer it till a fit and more commodious time, that I may then discover to all men what I know therein. Wherefore I would entreat all those that happily might find this strange, in a matter of such weight and importance not to be grieved thereat, but patiently expect that which remaineth. An exact description of the depths and soundings near the divers provinces of our navigation, and first of Gascoigne Poictou and Britain. WIthout Garumna the river of Bourdeaux there is 14. fathom depth: but when you come within sight of Cordam tower, but 30. fathom. Over against the coast of Poictou, 16. leagues without Oleron you have 25. depth: but coming near the land of Poictou, 8. leagues from the shore you have 35. fathom. In the channel between Porthuis and Heys, it is 30. fathom deep: and as much in the channel of Heys as also between Heys and Belile is the same depth. Without the channel it is 35. fathom deep, but within are 25. fathom only: without Heys two Kenninges off there is found 45. fathom. 22. League's southwards of Belile you have 70. fathom: but nine leagues from the Northwest point of that Island towards the south-west, is 60. fathom depth. And over against the midst of Belile in 40. fathom depth you shall see land. In your course between Belile and the Seems, you may come no near then 50. or 45. fathom. If you sail from Belile west and by North, when you are against Gloyland, you shall find 60. fathom depth: without and within the rock which stands off Gloyland to the seawards, you have 40. fathom water. In 65. fathom depth without the west Penmarques you may sail Northwest and by west without the Seems, but by night come no nearer then in 55. fathom, for the ground is gross and red sand full of round flints: half a league west south-west of the Seems, is a ledge of rocks, where you have 7. fathom depth: but between the Seems, and the rocks there is 50. fathom water. In the channel between the Seems & Heissand, called Vshant you have 55. depth, the ground is gross red sand mingled with little round stones red and black, near to Vshant there is 45. fathom, but within it is of an unequal and variable depth. Southwestwardes almost six leagues off Vshant you have 70. fathom, and the ground is fine white sand mingled with little white shells and other small things like needles: and then is Vshant East from you: but if the sand be gross and white mingled with great and white shells, then is it Southeast to you. But if you doubt of these grounds go Northerly, if your sound be deeper, than you are towards the Seems: if not so deep, then are you in the channel almost North of Vshant. Between ushant and Obeurac in the trade it is 60. fathom deep: between ushant, and the Isles of Silly or sorlinges in the midst of the channel there is 70. fathom depth. If you sail between the Seems, and Vshant in 70. fathom water, the ground will be of little black stones easy to be broken, and of yellow earth or clay: but if you find red and hard sand, go Northward till you happen on white sand mingled with long streaks: and then without doubt you sail in the channel. If setting from Cizarga, you sail N. northeastward in the Spanish seas towards Vshant and find yourself in 80. fathom, ye are 14. or 15. leagues off Vshant: but coming nearer you shall have 70. fathom water, and be 10. leagues distant of Vshant: But if you find the ground to be yellow shells & little black stones, then are you towards the Seems: wherefore you must with the tide bear off northward, to shun Vshant until you find white sand and things like needles, for such are the grounds of the channel, Between Vshant and the isle Base when you sail at 4. fathom water you are 4. leagues off the shore: but by night come no nearer than 25. fathom: when you are two leagues off Obcurac, you shall find 25. fathom depth: but 8. leagues off the Sept Islands you have 55. fathom. A league without the rocks of Obeurac there is a blind or hidden rock. So that if you are to sail upon a board between the Fourns and Obeurac, come no near that blind rock, than 40. fathom, but eastwards you may sail in 30. or 25. fathom. If a ship sailing west south-west, and south-west and by west of the Isles of Silly or Sorlinges, at 80. fathom water, be found by the crossestaffe or the Astrolabe to be under 49. degrees and 15. minutes of Altitude, she is 26. leagues from land, and must go East and by North till she get 66. fathom water. For then certainly she is in the channel between the Isles of Silly and Vshant: and then if she be bound for England she must sail more Northward, and between the lands end and the Lilard she shall have 55. fathom depth. A diligent description of the soundings and grounds between Ireland, England, and Normandy. THree leagues without the Isles of Dorsey under Ireland it is 45. fathom deep. In the channel between Dorsey and Cape clear is 42. or 43. fathom. The channel from Cape Clear to the Islands of Saltees, hath 45. fathom: But two leagues off Ireland it hath but 40. Between the Isles of Saltees and Milford it is 44. fathom deep & between Londay and the Isles of Silly 38. In the mid way between the Isles of Silly and Milford it is 44. fathom deep: but plain North of Silly 40. and 42. fathom. near England by the lands end the channel is of 50. fathom depth. A ship that cometh from Cape Finisterre sailing North North-east, if she hath 80. fathom sounding, she is 20. leagues off the shore: and the ground is small black stones mingled with great red sand. In the same course when you have but 60. fathom water, you are within 12. or 14. leagues off the shore, yet shall you not so soon ken land as you would think: for you shall a great while have 60. depth, for it is at the North parts of the channel, about the Isles of silly. Between Vshant and the Isles of silly the channel is 70. fathom deep. On the Southside of the Isles of silly the ground is small red stones and fine white sand. Over against the Lizard and Falmouth 4. leagues from shore it is 52. fathom deep. Betwixt Foy and Plymouth sound in the midst of the channel it is 60. fathom deep. Between the Lizard and the start bear no nearer the shore than 35. fathom. You may cast anchor in the trade or channel in 25. fathom, and so shall you lie within the foreland stream. Between Plymouth and the Sept Isles in the midst of the channel it is 55. fathom deep. But 4. leagues South south-west of Plymouth, it is but 35. fathom. South Southeastward of the midland of the start, it is 45. fathom deep: but from thence 5. or 6. leagues Southeast you have 54. fathom. In the channel between the Caskets and Portland it is 40. fathom deep: & a league Northward off the Isle of Alderney is a hole or pit 80. fathom deep: all the rest of the channel between Portland and the Isle of Alderney is of equal depth viz. 40. fathom. When you are within kinning of Portland, your sounding is 34. fathom: and 3. leagues off the Isle of Wight 36. fathom: as also two leagues Eastward of Beachy. Between picardy and the Isle of Wight the channel in the midst is 38. fathom deep. Between Winchelsey and picardy 24. fathom. The should between the Heads called the Vrowen-sand, hath but three fathom depth and a half: but on the Southside of it there is 24. fathom. And in all the fair way betwetne Zealand and Dover it is 24. fathom deep. A PERFECT DESCRIPTION of the depths of the North Sea from England's foreland. or the mouth of Flaunders. IN the channel and course from England's fore-land and sands of Flaunders, you have 24. fathom depth: but three leagues Northwest and by west of the country of Zierickze, there is a should commonly called Borbreck, which hath 4. fathom depth. Without this should the Channel of Zealand is 26. fathom deep. Northwest of Harlem, 8. or 9 miles within the sea there beginneth a shelf, commonly called the breed Verthien, reaching alongst the coast of Holland to the plain of Ameland where it endeth. Over against Harlem and Egmond is 13. 14. and 15. fathom depth, and the ground is of all Oase mingled with black sand like unto mustard-seed. The said shelf or should, hath 15. 16. or 17. fathom depth, between Texel, and Vlieland, where the ground is gross red sand, 6. or 7. leagues from shore, for there the should is narrower than it is towards the Southend. The Channel without the should between zealand, and Texel is 26, fathom deep even as far as the should which the fishers call Doggsant. In the Channel on England side over against Yermouth is 32. fathom depth, but right against Flamborough and Scarborough point 38. fathom whereas the white shelf commonly called Doggsant beginneth reaching into the North seas to the channel of Helichland. This should where it is within kenning of Flamborough point, hath but 9 or 10. fathom depth: But when in the same sand you find 12. fathom depth: then Texel is from you Southest almost 30. leagues, but when you are come to 16. fathom depth, then are you within 21. leagues South Southeast of Vlieland. A ship that comes from the riff, finding 18. depth on the foresaid sand, is then 20. leagues South and by East of Vlieland: but coming to 22. fathom, must then sail towards the Vlie S. and by westward, and South southwestward. But if in the Channel of Helichland 24. 26. fathom depth be found, then must you sail south-west, and S.w. and by S. and then are you come to the Scellinghe, but when as in Helichland sound you have 27. fathom, then are you altogether to the Eastwards of it. Between the riff, & the should called Doggersant, the channel is 26. deep: without the channel westwards it is 32. deep. A ship that comes out of the English straights, or out of zealand, having at the riff 24. fathom depth is distant from the noah's in Norway 18. leagues almost North and by East: but having 20. fathom is 16. leagues from it Northward: and finding but 18. fathom is then 18. leagues off it, North and by west. The course from thence to the Holmes is 12. leagues North and by E. And from thence towards the point of Scakghens 18. leagues north-east and by East. There is a rock of one only fathom depth standing North-east, and North-east and by East of the Holmes two leagues from the shore. The depth of the Northern Ocean near unto jutland and Ameland. IN the sea without jutland a mile distant from Dodenberg there is a bank called Reef-horn, stretching out 8. leagues w. & by S. which in some places hath but three fathom depth, & in some places may be sailed over, and become a road for a Northwest and a North wind, in 20. fathom depth. From Ameland towards the sea, the ground is gross sand, red, and black mingled with shells. From thence sailing Southward in 16. fathom three hours, you shall come to the smooth Sea of Ameland, where your ground is fine sand mingled with shells. North from Schellinghe in 24. fathom depth is found altogether fine white sand, and afterwards in 18. fathom white and black sand mingled. Vlieland hath white sand mingled with shells, and thin black sand, in 16. fathom depth: from the west end of Vlieland is great & red sand mingled with black like unto mustardseed, about 6. or 7. leagues from the shore. At the East end of schellingh to the seaward at 18. fathom water is found fine white sand mingled with black, having in it things like needles. Over against Borckom in the wester Ems at 17. or 18. fathom depth, land may be seen: the ground is of gross gravelly sand. At 14. fathom depth may Ameland be kend: but schellingh at 16. fathom: and Vliland at 15. or 16. fathom water. Any man may by night trust to these measures. At the North Hooke of Texel, land may be seen at 16. fathom depth. Holland is seen at 14. or 15. water when you sail within the should called the breed Veerthiene, which beginneth at the Northwest of Harlem, and stretcheth alongst the coast of Holland to the west end of Vliland, and is 7. or 8. leagues distant from the shore. The soundings and grounds of jutland near the point of the Cimbrians commonly called Schagen, or Schaw. A Great league west and by North from the schaw is 35. fathom depth. North North-east a great league of the corner of this point is found 38. fathom depth. And when the point is northwest from you, than you have 17. fathom water. Between this point and Lesou, the channel is 20. deep, and the ground like clay or dirt. Betwixt Anhout and Waersberg in the midst of the Channel is 22. fathom water. Between Lesou and Anhout the ground is firm and stony: near Waersbergh is a should of 17. fathom depth. Between Anhout and Col is another should of 17. fathom: where sometimes it is troublesome like a whirepoole. The depths and grounds of the Balthic or Eastern seas. Between Oeland and Gothland the soundings are unequal sometimes of 20. sometimes of 23. the ground of black and stony gross sand like unto Peas. When the South end of Oeland is two leagues distant from you westwards you have 27. fathom water, where also you may commodiously gauge water. But when the chapel in Sudernoorden beareth west Northwest off you: then have you 31. fathom depth, and ground fit to gauge water. Over against the rock in the fair way is 52. fathom and a clay ground but fit for gauging. Between the greater and lesser Carla you have 14. depth under which is safe road for ships. There is a should between Houburg & Ostergard containing 24. depth, the ground is great red sand: but hardly from thence can you ken Gothland out of the top. There is also to the Eastward another should of 36. depth, which when you are past, you have more than 40. fathom water. When the point of Right is 3. leagues Southeast from you, then have you 30. fathom depth: but when it is from you half a league South southeasterly you have 15. fathom: the ground is white sand. But when it beareth west a small league from you, than you shall find 16. fathom water. Over against Heel half a league from the shore it is almost 32. fathom deep. The road for ships at Heel hath 25. fathom depth. Between Moan and Falsterborn is 14. fathom depth. Between stead and Falsterborn in the very channel it is but 12. deep: near Falsterborn it is full of shoals: but near Sted you have 13. fathom water. Between Drakerriff and Southolmen, which is more shoaldie, there is 5. fathom depth wanting two foot. From thence towards the Sound, it is sometime deeper, as 6. 7. 8. 9 or 10. fathom. A DESCRIPTION AND PORTRAIT OF THE GREATEST part OF THE SEACOASTES OF EUROPE. FOr as much as, these particular Sea charts, which I have set forth of the Western, Eastern and Northern Navigation, with the rest, which I hope hereafter at the first opportunity to publish, have their original and beginning from this general chart of the Sea Coasts of Europe: wherein you may plainly perceive, how the particular Countries are annexed and joined each to other, and every one of them in his right place, distance, point of compass, degrees, minutes. etc. I have therefore thought necessary to place this general table (or portrait) at the very beginning of this book before all the rest: to th'end, you may thereby the better seek and find out the particulars, observing th'order and method of this book. Thinking it needless to make any larger discourse thereof for the use of Sailing. Considering, that the particular descriptions with their Charts being taken out of this general and enlarged, do very sufficiently, teach & show, both the countries themselves, & their commodities (so they be rightly examined) according to the true art of Navigation, employing therewithal such necessary instruments as appertain thereunto. A SHORT INSTRUCTION OF THE FORM AND fashion of Buys, Beakons, and other marks, etc. which are set for Shoaldes, Sands, or hidden Rocks, as they are marked in the particular charts of the Fliestreame, Eemse, Weeser, the Elue, Meersdiep, and the Maze. Upon all the Rivers and Streams of Holland, Friesland, and Zealand, the Buys at the upper end are round and great, and at the lower end, small and sharp like unto this mark 1 buoy being made black with Pitch or Tar, lying for the most part upon the right hand in Sailing out, & on the left-hand in coming in: And on th'other side for sands, flats & shoals do commonly stand the Beakons and other higher and more apparent marks made of Oasyers', after this manner, 2 beacon that they may be the farther of perceived: And where there is danger of points of Rocks, Sands, & shoals, that stand out, there are (that you may shun them) white Tons or Buys made after this fashion, barrel marker which do always he upon the contrary side of the foresaid black buys. The eye marks, whereby you may assuredly find these buys and other marks, are sufficiently declared in the description before each chart. But, you must understand that the Buys and marks are herein noted, as they wear Anno. 1582. Moreover because the depths and channels of the Rivers do yearly shift and change their places, both by reason of the uncertainty and instability of the sandy grounds, and for that the enterings and mouths of the Rivers do daily wax wider & brother: therefore these streams are to be tried by sounding, and to be sailed in with skilful and experienced Pilots & masters. The land marks placed at the entries of Rivers I have, for straightness of room, marked thus. land marker But where there is false road & ground fit for anchoring, I have set down this form of an Anchor. anchor The Figures which are placed in all havens Rivers, Streams & Channels, aswell in the main sea as elsewhere, upon all the shoals, Sands & Rocks, do signify the depth of the places, as 1. 2. 3. 10. 12. Fatham, & so forth: which is always to be understood at half flood or ebb. The little Crosses marked in this manner † along the Coasts near Islands and elsewhere, betoken hidden and dangerous Rocks, of which you must carefully beware: And where the double crosses are, there lie greater Rocks covered with the water. These marks in the charts are made thus. . . . . . map of Europe, emblazoned with the coats of arms of several of the constituent countries A General Card, & description of the Sea Coasts of Europa, and navigation in this book contained royal blazon or coat of arms Semper eadem HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENSE SPQR Judocus Hondius fe. A TRUE DESCRIPTION OF THE VLIE AND THE MARSDEEP, TWO OF the notablest Rivers of all Holland, from the Northern unto the Southern sea. HE that will sail from the North sea up to Amsterdam, or Enchuisen, by the entry of the VLIE, commonly called Noordergat, must so direct his course that the Lande-marke of Schelling may exactly answer to the three Downs, and the Black down, must be directly opposite to the midst of the high White down. Then appeareth the first Buy, from which he shall sail unto the second South and by East, or South and by West: according as the wind and tide will serve. From thence until he come to the Buy, which lieth upon the Busk, South and by West, or South, still carefully observing your tide. From thence let him sail unto the Buy in Moncksloot, South, or south and by West: thence to Longsand, South and by East: then to Wolfshouk south east and by South, but till he come to Cashoucke, let him keep south south east. The eye mark of Cashoucke is, when the Tower of Franike appeareth near the haven of Harling. From Cashouck unto Schutsande, the course is East south east, the marks whereof are these, viz. That Cornwerde on the East side is right opposite to Bolswerde, and Winald is discerned above the Castle of Harling. From Schutsand he must sail to Swaenbalg South east, where the Buy lieth with these marks. viz. When Boldeswerde appeareth on the Eastside of the broad tower, or the high building, on the Southside of Cornewerde: But when Bolswerde is perceived between Destin and Cornewerd, then may he ply that reach up or down at his pleasure. From Swaenbalg he may pass to Middleground South south east, & the marks hereof are: when the two picked steeples of Harling on the Southside, are right against two other Towers on the Northside. The way from Middlegrounde unto Idelhooeck, and the West of Worcum lieth Southward, and then Coldum showeth itself on the South end of Hinlopen, which is the mark for the Buy of West Worcum: From thence unto the Buy that leadeth to bought South south east, where Pandagra appeareth standing at the Southside of Volwerd in a valley: & when you shall perceive Pandagra near the houses, keep the right form of the Tower in your sight, until you come to the Buy, that lieth upon the flat of Freislande: there is deep water, & that reach stretcheth, South south-west: From thence to Creile South and by West, the marks whereof are, when Mirnys toucheth the South parts of the Cliff, and the Corn mills appear on the Westside of Medenblicke. The way from Creyl to Crepelsand is South south east, and South east and by East, the marks of the Buy of Creplesand are Enchuisen standing by Venhuysen and Broocke nigh unto Hempskirk: From hence you may sail unto the first Buy in Hillegat, South south east, and South and by East, and then up towards the Beacon, South and by East, but from the innermost Buy unto the Road of Enchuisen, South and by West. Moreover sailing from Enchuisen to Texel, he must (as the wind and tide suffer) begin his course, from the Buy that is Northward in the going forth, (commonly called Noordergat) North north west, or North and by West, until Brook may be kenned near Hem, where he shall find the Buy of Creplesand. From thence he shall go to the Wicker mark or Beacon of the said Creplesand Northwest, and when Lytebrooke is seen near Hem, he shall find out this mark: From whence he may sail unto the South Buy upon the Flats of Wiring, North west and by West, having regard to the wind and tide. This Buy is known when the Twisch by Almerdorpe and Brooke do show between two Heyrickes, and the Western tower of Wiringe perceived near unto the houses. Then he may pass towards the middle Buy Northwest and by North, until he find that the Wind mill of Wyringe standeth at the Southende of the houses that are out of the town. From the middle Buy unto the Northern, we sail North northwest, the marks are, when the two piked Stéeples are one: and on the East side of the Buy there is a deep Poole fit for great Ships: from thence he may sail to Vlieter, North northwest, and North and by west, keeping Medenbliche, and the Buy in one, so long as he can see them, and keep still his course North and by West, until he come to Nesse, where he shall find a Buy on the Eastside, and there over against standeth a mark made of Wicker or Basket work upon the Nesse: the tokens whereof are, when the Mill upon the shore is opposite to the valley, which is upon the West side of the shore, and the tower standing towards the west, joineth to the West part of the houses. From thence to Vogelsand, West north west, sometimes winding about. But when he cometh near Vogelsand, let him take heed, that Horn tower in Texel may be seen near the houses which stand under Geest, and keep them so in sight until he come to the merchants Road, there may he Anchor before Geest in Texel, where he shall think best. But if he will fourth into the Ocean, his course is to the New Deep, and shun the shoals of Geest, two Gables length from the shore side of Huisdune, until he come to the shoalde called Dry Hake, and keep the shore marks which stand upon Huisdune five foot one from the other. Then must he hold on his course to the Sea, by the entry or channel of Marsdiep, commonly called Spaignarsgat: for Keysars plat hath two Fadam water at half flood, so that the said shore marks may be almost joined together. And if coming from the Sea, he would bear in with the entry of Marsdiep, called Spaignarsgat, he must set Wammes or S. john's tower on the Northside of the high down of Texel, and the Landmarks upon Huisdune, the distance of 5. foot from each other, which being so set, and kept, he may enter the channel. But if he will enter the mouth of Maersdeep called Dorley, let him keep the Landmark and the Spear steeple of texel a Sail breadth a sunder, and let him hold on his course until the Landmarks of Huisdune appear five foot each from the other, sailing East and by south towards Huisdune. If he will go in at the entry called Ebbegat, let him keep likewise the foresaid marks of Dorley, five foot a sunder. But if you will sail in at Lantdiep, called Swidergat: set the Church of Geest even with the shore of Huisdune, and so enter. Afterwards let him keep along the shore of Huisdune, about the length of two Cables of: until he have passed the New Deep, then let him conde the ship north-east, until he come to the Road where great ships and Huyes lie near to Geest in texel, where he may cast Anchor in. 10. or 12. fathom. It would be too tedious to set down all the Trades and Traffic of all the cities and Towns upon this South sea: notwithstanding I will touch it in few words: There is Amsterdam that most renowned Mart town, which in all Europe hath not her peer, for variety and plenty of all Trades, especially of all kind of Eastern and Northern commodities, Wares and merchandises, and abundance of Factors. There standeth likewise upon this Sea the famous city of Enchuisen: where such abundance of Hearing is taken, not far from the town, at sometimes of the year in this South sea, as sufficeth (as may be daily seen by experience) at one time to fraught many Huyes, Boats and Pinks for merchandise up through all the Maze, whereof some are dried or smoked, called Tybucking, especially about Christide, which are accounted dainties among noble men, and are used for newyear's gifts to the better sort. But those that we do call March hearing are not so good, notwithstanding great plenty of them is carried up the River of Elue into Germany, Boheme, Hungary, and further down the River of Danube towards Turkey or the lesser ASIA where the same are sold, spent, and greatly accounted of. And HORN that noble city is seated towards that South sea, where besides the Traffic on the Seas, the Country yieldeth such store and plenty of the best cheese and Butter, that it is rather to be wondered at, then to be written of, which all Germany, Brabant, Spain, and many other countries can sufficiently testify. A Description of the two famous Rivers Streams or Channels the Fly & the Maersdeepe streaching up in to the Sowther sea before Enchuysen unto Amstredam with all the sands barks an ᵈ Showldes, lying upon the said streams A TRUE DESCRIPTION AND PORTRAIT OF THE MAZE, TOGETHER with the entries of the Goer in South Holland, and the Vere in Zealand, and also of the Wielinghe. FIrst if you will find out the right depth or channel of the Maze, set the Tower of the Bryll, South east and by east from you, and sail on so until on the Larboorde Hague steeple appear as within two masts length wide of the South side of the square tower of Monster, and on the Starrebord the watchtower of Eastuoren be brought to the West end of the town. These are the marks of the South entry, commonly called the Suidergate, and there shall you find the uttermost or first buy. The entries which lie near the Bryll by the shoaldes of the Dary or Botkill, are at this day commodious: For there are buys fastened, & then the Brill beareth nearhand Southeast from you. Then must you sail to the point near the Bulwark from buy to buy, even till you come to the Brill, where along the shore about a Cables length off, is good road and harborough unto the old Maze. Thence you cross over by the Breach, called the Sceur, the marks for it are when Couwerscie, and the trees are come together. Thence must you sail up to Rotterdam in the midst of the Channel. But to enter the Goer, set Goer steeple West off the watchtower: set small sail a long the shore a while, until you are passed the watchtower, shunning the point, lest you strike on the start, or tail sand, that stretcheth down from the lands. Then bring the Windmill which standeth in the Oelkens platt, 5. foot distant Northward from Diricsland tower, & enter the port of Goer, where in the Channel you shall anchor at 6. or 7. fathom. But if you will go into Brouwersgate, and go clear of the shoalde called Drooghericke, which stretcheth down from Goer, take heed that the land marks of Schowen (called Zericksea) do join together, until Outdorpe be joined with Goer steeple. Then without regard of the shore marks, keep these towers joined together, till the land mark be one with the Down, which commonly is called white Blencke, or Lange wit sand. Then with all speed leave the said towers because of the Scere which reacheth from the farthest parts of Goer, for the tide setteth so strongly between Droogerecke and Scere, that it would with his violence carry the ship upon the tail of the Scere. Wherefore bearing on as near the shore of Ziericsea, as you can, you shall come to Brouwershaven, where you may anchor at 7. or 8. fathom. But if you will enter the Vere, see that East Caple may be right against Middleborough Southeast from you, & so sail up until you have brought the steeples of Cortigien in one, then set forwards by Polder, alias the Hook, & when you are passed the same, pass on to Walcheren sailing still near the bank until you come to Teruere. To sail into Dorley, bring the tower of Flushing East and by South, and Wulpen East South East, and so cross over Dorley, for it is there deep and broad. The true marks where of are when East Souburge standeth distant almost one pace Northward from West Souburge: those keep in the same distance, until the steeples of Bruges alias Brugghellingh be brought together: for there it is three fathom deep, but it is requisite that the steeples of the two Souburges do shut and open, and that Flushing be East and by South from you, and so hold on the Dorley. If you will enter the Wielinghe bring Terdoes Church distant from the West end of the steeple of Liswegen a ship's length, which you must so keep until west-caple appeareth at the East end of the Church of Heist. For when Terdoes Church is brought one with Liswegen you are within the entry of the Wielinge. Then keep the Tower which is on the East side of Heist a ship's length off, until you shall have six fathom water: Then let the little tower of Blanckenberge alias t'Hauentorenken be brought one with the watch tower of Blankenberge, before the light tower of Highest, be one with the steeple of Heist, then shall you be clear of the Pol. Therefore entering the Wiclings let the little Tower of Blankenberge (as I have said) first touch the watch tower, before Heist be one with his Lantern: sail then East North east, bearing somewhat towards the East, and keep Blankenbergs watch tower between the said little tower and the town house, and so have you the best of the Channel. But when you shall see on the starboard side the Tower of Wotkirke 2. sails breadth south from the Northern Tower, and right before you another Tower distant the space of 5. foot Northward from the steeple of the Abbey of Middleborough, then have you the right marks to sail through the Wicling, as long as you can see the said steeple: but having lost the sight thereof Saint Lambertes steeple showeth itself in a valley at the East side of Catsand, which are the sure marks to sail into the deep: and when you shall have gone so far that the watch tower of Blankenberge appeareth between the little tower of the same and the townhouse, then have you gotten the right course: Then bring the Lantern of Heist to his steeple before the watch tower of Blankenberge be joined to the little tower of the same, and you shall go clear of the sands called the French Pole. But if all the aforesaid marks at one self time come together, you shall run right upon it, where there is but the depth of one fathom: yet notwithstanding in calm weather a ship the draweth 18. foot water may at half flood pass over the sands called the Caybanke. And if any man entering the Wicling will go out by Dorley, he must keep West-caple and Cnock distant a sails breadth, and must sail Northwest until the steeples of Souburge be separate five foot a sunder: then set West Northwest until you have Flusshing East and by South, and so shall you not endanger yourself upon the shoals. There are shoals in the inner part of Wiclinge commonly called the Vlack van gatt. When the watch tower of Blankenberge is one with the Town house, you are then past them. But when you have gotten ten fathom, sail towards Flushing two Cables distant from the shore of Walkeren, until you come to the castle of Ramekens: but take heed you be not carried with the swift tide upon Natgat, where it sets inward with great violence. The traffic and Merchandizes of this part of Zealand cannot easily be described, notwithstanding there is in Brabant upon the Scheld, the city of Antwerp, sometimes the most famous mart town in all the world, where there was great plenty & abundance of all nations, and of all precious commodities which were brought thither from Spain, and other Countries in great ships and hulks. Besides there is in Zealand an Island called Walkeren, where the famous mart town of Middleborough is situate, whither all kind of French and Spanish wines, being brought in great abundance, are there sold and vented. There is also within that Isle a little town called Armu, where the course bay salt which is brought thither in great quantities from France and Spain, is purified, and made white, and from thence is transported and dispersed throughout all Europe. And Rotterdam standeth upon the Maze, where there is great store of little ships, and boats called Buisen and Pincken, and much traffic and intercourse of merchants for pickle herring. map of coastal Holland A Description of the Jsles of Sealand as they lie upon all y er. Rivers & Channels with a part of the sea Coasts of Holland and Flaundres. A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF FLANDERS WITHAL THE SANDS, FLATS, BANKS AND SHOALDS THEREOF. WHen you sail out of the Wielinge towards the straits between Calais and Dover, called the Heads, you must bring the watch tower of Blanckenberge one with the steeple thereof, and then Westcappel, ioignes with the Lantern of Heyst. But when Lisweghen is brought one with Terdoes church, then are you in the mouth of the Wieling: hold then west south-west, bearing a little west and by north: then have you the true depth in 6. fathom water at half flood. Or else you may take this course to sail through the Wielinge, your leading mark is to keep Middleborough steeple a little sail breadth open to the south wards of the watch tower, and so sail west south-west upon that mark as far as you can see it, that being out of sight, go west south-west and borrow of either side at your best advantage, as the wind serveth, until Blanckenbourgh be south southeast from you, then go west upon the flood and west south-west upon the ebb, till you be in 12. fathom, than shape your course, for you are clear. There lieth near Blankenberge a long bank called Witsand, stretching along the shore unto Winduyn. It chanceth that mariners are here often deceived, who reckoning themselves to be entered the wielinge are shut up betwixt the same & the shore: wherefore if they that come in from the sea would shun this bank, let them set the broad steeple of Liswegen eastward thereof, and so bearing along the shore in 6. fathom water they shall go clear of it. When wotkerke is one with Blankenberge: and S. Catalina shuts into Ostend, you are then before the mouth of the wielinge: but when the steeple of Ostend is one with S. catherin's then you run upon the shallow called Trix, which always turneth about in manner of a whirlpool by reason of the violent meeting of sundry currents and tides: and there you have .5. fathom water. Over against Ostend there lieth a bank of sand a dutch mile from the town, called the old Morebank having .2. fadam water at the lowest ebb: There is also another lying west and by north of Ostend called Dijestall, that at the greatest ebb hath 3. fathom water. Moreover when the Down Friary called the Broers standeth south from you, you are within the Broers bank: But when Dunkirk beareth south and by west from you, you are passed the most dangerous and uttermost part of this bank. There standeth an high and ragged down west of Newporte, over against which this bank hath his beginning which reacheth four dutch leagues north northwest into the sea, and doth lie from Newport northwest, but when you have Newporte southeast and by south, you are passed the bank. There are also two or three dangerous banks, northwest, and northwest and by west from Dunkirk, the first lieth from the shore two dutch miles, and the other three. The midst is called Poldervan-dijckt: But that which is called Ruting: is most dangerous for that it lieth in the fair way and in the very entry of the Channel. Either of them hath 2. fathom at low water, which you must warily pass by. There are also two other Banks north west and by north from Dunkirk, almost two. dutch miles distant from the shore, whereof one is called Dristall, the other Quaehanck, which at lowest water are but 2. fathom and an half: you may safely sail along the coasts of Flaunders, between the shore and the shoals at 5. or 6. fathom, but it is dangerous for great vessels because the waves both in ebbing and flowing do for the most part set thwart over the shoals. North North-east from Calais cliff, three dutch miles from the shore lieth another should which at low water hath 3. fathom. There lieth also an other Bank or should of the same depth almost two dutch miles from graveling. There is safe road and harborowe under the tower called the Oldman for a north wind, where you have 7. or 8. fathom. In the very midst of the straits there lieth a should 4. fathams deep: of which both by south and by north there are 20. and 22. fathom: Right before the entry of the river of Some two dutch miles into the sea it is not past 5. or 6. fathom deep. He that will sail to Deep, setting out from the tower called the Oldman, must go forth south south-west, so shall he arrive to the entry of Deep: at the very mouth thereof on the Larrbord are marks made of Oasiers but it must be half flood before a great ship be able to come in. map of coastal Flanders A Description of the sea Coasts of Flaundres & Picardy beginning from Neweport unto Deep, with the Flemmishe banks, until you be past the strait between England & France the which is called the heads A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE ISLES OF ALDERNEY, GARNZEY AND JERZEY, AND THE QVASKETTES CALLED the Kaskets, together with all the coasts, rocks, and shoals, lying thereabouts both within and without. FEcam beareth westward from Deep 7. leagues, and is a bard haven: Beyond it lieth the point of Strusard, from whence you may sail to Seyne head S. S. W. Newhaven (called Hable-neuf) standeth inward from thence half a league, where you may anchor, to stay for the tide and sail up the Seyne to Roan, so that before the tide be unbent you pass over the first traues or Drybancks: and the way from Newhaven to Honfleur lieth S. E. But you must sail along the south shore, because the north side of the river to Quillebeuf is full of shoals, and then are you thorough the first traues: But you must be very heedful of that strong spring of the Sea (called the Bar or bear) in which the tide setteth so violently and swiftly, that a ship can scarce be kept up with all her anchors and cables. But all this reach is to be sounded. south-west of Seyne head lieth a bank of three fathom: and before the dike of Cadom (called the Fosse of Caen) there are banks, which you may sail round abouts by the channel of Caen, which is a bard haven. Six leagues or thereabouts towards the west, standeth the Cape of Cherbourge where for a rough northwest wind is good harbour: there lie sands overthwart the bay, which at low water have but two fathom depth. Against a north and northwest wind you may safely anchor under Alderney by the little bard haven, in a sandy bay hard aboard the shore: where it is 7. or 8. fathom deep. If you will enter the race of Blancquerd, you may run in, either in the midst of the channel, or at your discretion between the cape of Hague, and Alderney: for you may borrow the north shore alongst upon 10. or 12. fathom, until you are passed the Sans, which is a row or ledge of hidden rocks, to be left on the starreboord: there cast anchor in the channel at 7. or 8. fathom, and against the broad tower. The race of Blanquerd reacheth inwardly south and by east, and south south east: But if you will sail on the backside of the great Isle of jersey, you must cross over, and anchor under the same where you please for in every place thereabouts is good ground. And there is an other safe road for ships, under the main of Saint Malo (called Conkall) you may sail into the same both by East and west: before it lieth a ledge of rocks above water. The bay is great and the harbour safe, having at low water 4. or 5. fathom. From this road you may descry the Isle of jerzey right over against the same, almost 5. dutch miles off. But, if by reason of a northwest tempest, you are driven to seek safe anchoring under Garnezcy, or elsewhere, you must set for Garnezcy or the little Isle of Arm, avoiding on the west side the great rocks of the Quasquettes (called the Kaskets) sailing south and by east until the castle which standeth in the sea be brought to the south point of Garnezcy. Then sail between the greater and the lesser Island, where you may anchor by south or by north from the castle, where you please, in 7. or 8 fathams. But if you will anchor at the south side of the said Island, bear aloof to seaward from the outmost point of the land, because all that shore is full of rocks: after you have doubled that point you may anchor at 12. or 14. fathom: you may go out again Eastward between the Isles Arm and Sarke, or seek there for road as you list. Sarke standeth from the Cape of the Hague, or the trade of Alderney, 6. dutch leagues south and by west. Although these Islands lie near the coasts of France they are notwithstanding subject to the Crown and government of England: their trade is little or nothing at all, and therefore unknown to us. map of coastal Normandy and Britanny A CARD of part of the Sea Coasts of Normandy and Britamnie with the Islands adjoining. A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS BETWEEN S. MALO, AND BEYOND THE port OF ROSCOW. IF you come from the Western sea, and seek harbour under Garnezey, you must sail in by the south shore of the land, and may Anchor in the Channel at 20. or 25. Fatham near to the sharp tower or else where at your pleasure. jerzey standeth from Garnezey southeast almost 5. dutch leagues, where is also safe road for ships. S. Malo is distant from jerzey. 8. leagues towards the south and is a bard haven: at the entry whereof are rocks, between which you must sail into the river, and cast anchor before the city at 5. or 6. fathom. And there lieth a bank westward two or three dutch leagues from the town, under which there is safe road in 5. fathom water: There is also an Island called Brybac standing from thence three dutch leagues, which you may sail round about, and cast Anchor where you will. And 2. leagues from thence there is a river called Lantrilliers, which hath many rocks and shoals on the west side. From thence stand the sept Isles distant two dutch leagues: within which lieth white haven (called Port blanc) of 6. or 7. fathom. Those Islands may be sailed round about. There lieth a should called October'S northwest from the west point of the said Island about a league and a half of the shore. Vlisshauen (called Green Island is situated a dutch league westward, which may on both sides be entered: and is a most safe haven for all wether. The River of Morlays lieth five dutch leagues from the sept Isles and is a bard haven: you may anchor amongst the rocks at 5. fathom in the Channel. Two dutch leagues from that place standeth an Island (commonly called Taureau) by which you may sail into the River of S. Paul de Lion, which without is full of rocks, but within them you may anchor at 6. or 7. fathom. There lieth an Isle called isle de bas 2. dutch leagues distant from thence: you may sail in on both sides of it to the Channel or Road of Roscou which containeth 7. or 8. fathom both on the east and west side. Obcurac beareth from Roscou 5. leagues having many white sandy bays alongst the shore, which are most certain marks of that coast. The Inhabitants of these countries have great intercourse and traffic with the Portugals, viz. of wheat, Rye, linen Cloth, and other like gross marcchaundizes. map of coastal Brittany THE SHOWING OR APPEARING of the Sea coasts of Britain even as they open and show between S. Malo and Roscou A TRUE DESCRIPTION OF CONQVET, BREAST, AND FONTENEAV, THE WONDERED COASTS OF BRITAIN. A Dutch league Eastward of the Cape of Gobe, called Les Fours, or the Fourn there are many black rocks lying alongst the coast, which our seamen call the Backovens, and within the same are many little white sandy bays: The land is also somewhat low and beautified here and there with some houses. To get the Channel or passage between the foresaid rocks and bays, you must sail 2. Cables length from the said rocks almost South Southeast, keeping S. Matthewes Abbey in the valley Eastward from Conquer point: then bear inwards until you come to Blanc-haven or Conquer point, hale then to the outwards, until S. Mathewes Abbey be open unto you without Conquer point, sailing alongst a Cables length off: for so shall you not strike upon the Bell, which lieth off Conquer point, almost three cables length. But keep Flemynes bay full west of the white Friars called the Blancs Moines: But when you may plainly discern Conquer you are thwart the rocks called Les Fenestriers, which lie under water at the east side of Conquer haven. But if being at Sea you must turn in, bring S. Mathewes Abbey right without Conquer point, and sail again about the rocks called the Hagles which lie almost a third part of the breadth of the way from Vshant. There is a harborough betwixt Fenestriers, and the Blancs Moines under S. Matthewes point in 6. or 7. fathom And if you will put over from S. Matthewes point to the Race of Fonteneau, you must conde the ship from Blancs Moines south and by east, until you come to the Emperors and Empress's rocks called the kaiser, and Keiserine. But as you must not press to near kaiser, lest you strike upon the rocks which lie under water, so great heed is to be taken that you be not carried away with the tide or current, which commonly setteth in towards the Keiserine upon the should called the Calf, which stretcheth down from Keiserine like a tongue: and it is always there as a whirlpool, and very tempestuous. The Race of Fonteneau lieth out into the Sea South south-west: But Bresont stretcheth into the sea west and by South four dutch leagues from S. Matthewes. The mark to cross the Race from S. Mathewes to the kaiser, is the mill of Fenestriers, standing directly westward off S. Matthewes Abbey. But if you will sail to Croixduyns from S. Matthewes point, hold on east and by south, so that you keep still the Southermost part of the rocks, called the Cheminees without Blancs Moines, until you get the bay of Crodune, and the chapel appear on the gravelly shore, towards which chapel you may safely bear, and there anchor, in 9, or 10. fathom. Over against Crodun by the north shore lieth Bertrandes-bay, being a very good harborough for a north and northwest wind. But he which will go up to Breast or Landerneau, must get good Pilots, for it is all sounding water. The Collignier beareth South Southeast about a league & a half from S. Matthewes point. The Faukenes lie off from the west point of Crodun about the fourth part of a league west south-west. The southermost Faukenes standeth from the northermost about half a league South Southeast, and is under-water at a high springtide. A cables length off north north-east lieth a blind rock, which at lowest ebb is even with the water. This South Faukenes beareth north-east and by north from Crodun. There is also another hidden rock westward from the north-east Faukenes which appeareth at lowest water. The rock called the Hen lieth distant from Faukenes west south-west two Cables length. There is another called the Chicken almost northwest and by west from the Hen, being two sharp rocks, which at a great ebb are either even or little above the water. There lieth also a rock east and by south from S. Matthewes point, lying in the midst of Bertrandes-bay, by the northside of the water of Breast: And these are his marks, viz. when the southermost of the rocks, called Cheminees, are one with S. Matthewes point, than you strike upon this rock, but if it appear a little without, than you go clear. West Penmarques is a bard haven, which is to be entered on the eastside along the shore, and leave the great rock on the starre-boord side, which being once past, you may anchor at three fathom water: for as you come in, without the rock, you have 8. or 9 fathom: you may also sail within the East Penmarques: for the main is sandy strand, where you may anchor in 10. or 12. fathom very safely, near unto the Isle of Morton, for there is fair ground. THE SEA Card ofs Britain, Containing the Coasts, Bays, Isles, and havens, that lie between Rouscou and Groye very diligently corrected. Aᵒ 1588. AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE SOUTH COASTS OF BRITAIN BETWEEN BLAVET, AND Picquelier, wherein is also contained Belisle and Groy. TO sail into Blauet, when you have the East point of the Island called Groy South and by west, then are you come to the entry thereof which stretcheth inwards north North-east, where is a very safe harborough for any wind or wether at 6. or 7. fathom water. In the entry you have 4. fathom water but there lie some shoals which you must shun. On the westside of the entry standeth a great sharp steeple. There is also under Groy good ground for anchoring 7. or 8. fathom deep, and safe harborough for a south-west wind. But beware of the southeast shore, for it is rocky ground. But if you will harbour under Belisle, you may go in, on both sides all at large, where you may let fall your anchor at 10. or 12. fathom water by S. Paul's spire steeple. But at a North-east or north northwest wind, you must way and ply up to the East side of the Island, where before S. Helen you have safe road at 10. fathom. But if the wind come above at south, or south southeast, return then before the foresaid steeple of S. Paul. There lie 3. Islands about a league and half from Belisle, the midst whereof hath safe harborough: you may sail betwixt them from Island to Island, & in some places find good riding. About two leagues thence lieth the main land, where are 2. great bays, or rivers: from whence you may betwixt the main, and the foresaid Islands, within Belisle, sail to Croyswicke, or Croisill, and the river of Nantes, called the Loire. Croyswicke lieth from Belisle about 8. dutch leagues East and by North, and East north-east. And from Croyswicke to the river of Loire it is about 3. leagues. He which will go up that river, let him run along the shore of Croyswicke 3. cables length off to the pierced rock, which he may look thorough like a great gate. From thence let him keep still two cables length off the northern shore, straight to the point, whereon standeth a sharp steeple, until he be within the rocks called Les Pourceaux, which lie in the midst of the river betwixt the pierced rock, and the steeple. But when he is past S. Nazarethes steeple, he may anchor in the channel at 10. or 12. fathom, where he must take in a Pilotte to lead him up the Loire unto Nantes, by the help of the plummet. There lie Banks to the Seaward a league and a half off Croyswicke point: between which, and the land called Lafoy collect he may sail unto the bay of Armentyer. If ye will go from the eastside of Belisle with the bay of Armentyer, let him conde East and by South till he come to the Abbey of Armentyer: beyond which on the coast side standeth a wood: then he must sail East north-east till the same wood open a good way Northward from the Abbey: then shall he be clear of the should called the monks Ledge. Then must he set eastwards towards the rock called Peter main, which you may on both sides sail by: assoon as you are passed it, anchor at 6. or 7. fathom, for the rest is to be sounded. Right over against Armentyer point standeth Picquelier: from whence the course lieth South and by East to the Island Heys or Hoy, under which is a dangerous road, and only safe against a south-west and a west south-west wind: there is always a great noise and troublesome whirling. These coasts do yield almost the whole year, wines, white linen cloth, Grains, damask Prunes, and Chessenuttes: which are transported thence to other countries. And Nantes, is the chiefest mart town of these parts, whither the best Orleans wines are brought down the river of Loire. The Sea Coasts, with the Isles of Bretayne between Blauet & Piequeliers, A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF PICQVELIER, ROCHEL, BROVAGE, AND OF THE Islands, rocks, and shoaldes adjoining, even as far as Garunne the river of Bourdeaux. FIrst if you will sail from Heys to the Kellyats', shape your course E and by S. and E S E until you are passed the rock called Le Baer d'Olone, which you may sail round about: Then may you hale along the coast of Poitou, leaving two third parts of the water towards the Isle of S. martyn's, until Vrcke come without the point of the Downs, and then may you see a little Tower and a wood in the land of Bos, keep that tower so long shut up in the wood, until the steeple in the coast of Poitou (which is called the Leper) do come over against Vrcke, which you must so hold, until Rochel appear without Bos point: then have you passed the Lauerdine: And then may you sail forth through Porthuis, or else cast anchor under the coast of Bos at 6. or 7. fathom. The marks of Laverdine are these: If you will anchor under the Bos, keep Rochel from Bos a ship's length, so you shall be clear of the Lauerdine: But if you will anchor under the Abbey of S. Martynes Island, keep the Abbey right without the sandy point of the said Island, and hold on your course into the sandy bay Eastward of the Abbey, and so shall you escape the shoals of Lauerdine, for there is the road for ships that are bound outward. Porthuis is wide and broad, and stretcheth inward East South east: Brant or Burning Island standeth from S. Martynes three dutch miles S E and by East: from whence you may sail to the Eastern shoals called Oesterbanke South Southeast: keep the little Tower of Hers on the west side of the wood, until the red round tiled house, which standeth ou the South side of the river Charante, be one with the steeple called Le Four: Then sail East Southeast, and South East and by East, until Soubyse be joined to the grey village called Grave Dorp, that standeth on the shore side, & the little steeple of Hers, will show itself right on the eastside of the Valley which is in Hers wood: go then by the marks South Southeast, keeping both the little steeple which is in the Valley on the eastside thereof, and the East little steeple of Hers, in the white sandy place. And these are the true marks of the channel of Brovage inwards and outwards unto the Eastern flats called Oesterbanke: and when the red round house covered with Slates appeareth beyond the broad tower of Vere, then are you passed out of Brovage channel. Now if you will cross over to Brant Island, bring not Rochel tower out of the Isle until you come near the Island, because of the should called the Baniaert, which stretcheth down by the Isle Oleron, and is seen at low water. And the road under Brantysle is, where you may anchor to heave out your ballast in 12. or 13. fathom. If you will enter the river of Bourdeaux called Garunne, keep the steeple of Cordam in your sight East Southeast, or somewhat more Easterly. On the other side of the river standeth an high red down, which you must bring North-east from you, until you come near the Down which lieth Northward: then coast along that side, until you have entered the river on the North side: anchor then before Royan at 6. or 7. fathom: all the rest is to be sounded. The northside of the river hath red Downs, and somewhat high, without trees. Three or four leagues from the river side are low Downs, where grow some trees and woods. In these coasts is great trade of bay salt, and wine, all the whole year: great plenty whereof is transported from thence to divers countries: But Rochel is the ehiefcst town of traffic there abouts. map of coastal Poitou and Bordeaux THE SEA COASTS of the lands of Poyctou and Bourdeaux even as they show and appear, when you sail there alongst between Picquelier & the River of Bourdeaux called the Garonne * A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF ACASON AND BAYON, AND OF THE Eastern part of Biscay unto Castro. ABout 18. leagues Southward of the river of Bourdeaux, is a port called Acason, at the entry whereof are two great rocks, but on the North side it is broadest: shun the inner point of the port, because it is full of rocks. In the very entry you have 5. fathom water, but Northward it is deeper and fair ground: and contrariwise towards the South lie many perilous rocks, whereof it behoveth you to be heedful: you may sail in at this haven between the main land and the rock, amidst the channel. Fourteen leagues Southward from Acason, lieth the haven of Bayon, whose entry is wide and broad. Set the tower at the North point or cape of the land, and so sail between the rocks and the cape, until you come into the haven, where you may anchor within the point before the town at 4. or. 5. fathom water. From thence the course is Southward to S. john de Lux three leagues within the rocks, which stretch inwards Southeast, and Southeast and by South, where standeth a hill like a saddle bearing Southeast from you: The town lieth in a great bay, and so doth Fuenterabie upon a fresh water river. Passai beareth 5. leagues from S. john de Lux west Northwest. From thence you go westward two leagues to the port of Otera which stretcheth inwards South Southeast, and there have you in the entry 3. fathom water, but when you are within it is wide and broad, and the haven is bard. Four leagues westward of Otera lieth Bilbao stretching inwards South and by East: after you are in, you may turn up Eastward, where you have 4. or 6. fathom water: on the Southside of the haven lieth an Island, where standeth a light tower, which you must set South and by East from you as you sail in, where it is. 3. fathom deep. Machichaco a good haven lieth five leagues from Bilbao west south west, and south-west, & by west, which from the west side stretcheth inwards Southest and by East in 8. or 9, fathom. In the midst of the entry you shall find a rock, which you must leave on the Larbord side: you may also sail in at the East side of the rock, but there you have but 3. fathom: From the entry, the haven is wide and broad, and you may anchor in any place of the channel at 8. or 9 fathom. Castro beareth three leagues westward from Machichaco, & stretcheth inward westerly. In the midst of the entry standeth a rock almost south-west, which you may sail round about in 6. or 7. fathom. The straightness beareth up Southerly: you may turn in towards the East, and cast anchor in the channel at 10. or 12. fathom. These ports yield Rosin, Chessenuttes, Iron, wool, Oranges, Filbberdnuttes, and steel, which are their trades. A CARD OF THE SEA COASTS of Acason & Biscay with their havens, and opening of their lands, hills, and Mountains * A TRUE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS BETWEEN Laredo and Sentillana. LAredo beareth westward from Castro five dutch leagues. To enter the bay, set S. Anthony's hill South East from you, and hale along S. Anthony's shore until you are clear of the East point of the land. Then turn up Eastward until you come to Laredo where you may lay out anchor in 6. or 7. fathom. But if you will bear into the haven within the two walls, you must do it at high water: for it is a port for barks, and vessels of small burden. There lieth a should amidst the entry of the haven, where it is always very troublesome, and may be sailed about. S. Ander lieth four Dutch leagues from S. Anthony's mount: hale along the west shore until you come to the great rock, whereon standeth a little house, on either side whereof you may sail in. S. Anders haven stretcheth in from the entrance Northwest, and hath 6. or 7. fathom water. Four Dutch leagues from S. Ander lieth S. martyn's. It is very narrow as you come in and a bard haven, and parteth itself inwards into two little streams. Five dutch leagues by west of S. martyn's standeth S. Vincents whose haven also is barred, and hath a Rock standing westward of the entry, and a little fillet or riff of sand from the East point: you must sail in between this sand, and the rock, where it is narrow, but within it is a round haven, maintained by a little river. Three Dutch leagues westward lieth Lhanes likewise a bard haven, on the East side of which lieth a bank: sail in on the west side of it, there is likewise a little river. In these countries is great store of wool, Iron, Chessenuttes, Oranges, Steel, and Rosin, of all which things there is great traffic. THE SEA COASTS of Byscuy between Laredo and 〈◊〉 even as they show when you pass before them A TRUE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS BETWEEN Rio de Sella, and Auiles. Fix Dutch leagues Westward of L'hanes lieth Rio de Sella. If you will enter the haven, mark the mast which standeth upon the Eastern shore, near which you must enter, because the west side is rocky and dangerous inwards. And being past the mast anchor before the town: it is a bard haven. Villa viciosa beareth 10. Dutch leagues westward of Rio de Sella, you must come in by the western shore, because the Eastern is flat and perilous. Right within the mouth of the haven you shall find a little should, which appeareth at a low ebb, this is likewise a bard haven. The town standeth on the west side, whither you may sail, & anchor in the largest place. Six leagues from Villa viciosa westward lieth Sanpsons' cape, and on the East side thereof standeth a little Island with a small tower: between these two is goodharborough, and fair ground to anchor in at 6. or 7. fathom: on the westside of Sanpson even right before the little port is likewise good riding in 6. or 7. fathom. Westward of Sanpson lieth Gyon having a peer of stone, under which Th'inhabitants do lay their fisher boats: A good Dutch mile from thence westward is the bay of Tores, where is safe harbarough, and 8. or 9 fathom water. On the cape standeth an high tower. Two leagues farther westward lieth Cape de Pennas, from whence a rue of rocks stretcheth out into the sea. Two leagues from thence standeth Auiles, the best port of all these coasts: On the Eastside thereof is a chapel, near unto the point you must pass, until you are within two rocks, where it is wide and broad. By the west point there runneth up a little sandy riff along the shore, reaching inwards by the haven towards the town, where it is very shoaldie on both sides, and on the westside of the haven lie two great rocks right against the little Church, that standeth by the sandy bay. There is in these coasts far greater plenty and store of fruits, wines, and other good merchandises, than is in Biscay. The Map of the Sea Coasts of Biscay between Rio de Sella & Auiles, very naughty havens for great ships jodocus Hondiusfe. A DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF RIBA DEOS, BIVIERO, AND LVARCA. FRom Auiles unto Luarca, are six dutch leagues south-west and by west, it is an haven for small ships and stretcheth Southeast inwards, the Eastside is dangerous, but the west is good and fair. Riba Deos, beareth south-west and by west from Luarca, and is a good haven for all ships: westward of it standeth a sharp steeple, and a little from thence into the sea lieth a hidden rock: when you enter the mouth of the haven two other Towers come in sight at the west side of the haven, the one on high, the other below nigh the shore: Then conde thorough the very midst of the channel until you come against the second or farthest tower within the haven: where you may anchor on both sides at your pleasure: But the west side is deeper containing 4. 5. or 6. fathom even up to Riba Deos, which standeth upon a great bay. The Cape of Brilo is six leagues Northwest from Riba Deos. westward from this cape standeth S. Cyprian, over against which lie two great round rocks. A league thence westward, standeth an Island thwart the mouth of the haven of Biviero, which you may sail about on both sides: yet best roaming in, is on the west side: where being clear of the point, you may anchor at 6. or 7. fathom. Two leagues to the west of S. Cyprian is S. Marks road, which is a fair bay. Two leagues from thence is a little haven called Quirins, which on the west side is full of rocks, but on the East side fair and good to enter at. Three leagues from Quirin lieth the Cape of ortegal where also standeth a Castle, near which you have safe road for a west and a south-west wind. This country yieldeth great plenty of the best wines of Ribadeos aswell red as claret, and likewise abundance of Oranges, Apples, Pears, Chessenuttes and other fruits: all which are both comfortable and wholesome for man's body. THE SEA COASTS of Gallicia from Cape of Auiles unto Ortegal. A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF CORUNNA CALLED THE GROIN, FEROLES, and Monsej the chiefest ports of Gallicia. THe haven of Siguera beareth three dutch leagues South westward from ortegal, it stretcheth inward South east, and is a good port, the Southside thereof hath a low point, and is good, but the Northside is all rocky and fowl gound. You must anchor before you come to the village of Siguera. Four dutch leagues westward from thence lieth Cape de Prior, which reacheth out into the sea. Two dutch leagues farther southward you have the haven of Feroles, upon the northside thereof are 2. or 3. sandy Bays, of which the most Southerly is the greatest, whereupon do stand a house or two, when you are come nigh the house, then appeareth unto you somewhat Southerly the haven of Feroles, where you may sail in at the midst of the water, and being clear of the North corner, giving it a little buyeth, anchor in the Channel at 12. fathom, for before the village itself it is flat and rocky. The south point of Feroles stretcheth far outward, and is full of rocks: you may set out from Feroles to Corunna, South, and South and by East, until you be somewhat within the tower, which standeth upon a round Hill or cliff. Then shall you see on the starboard side a little Island wherein standeth a little Church called S. Blaze, hale along a Cables length of it, and anchor before the town at 6. or 7. fathom. If you will run into the Channel of Coruna from the Island Cyzarga (called by the flemings Caesarea) you must shape your course East south east about 5. leagues, until you are within sight of the tower which standeth on the west coast of the land: for than shall you keep 4. or 5. Cables length of the shore, and may hold on your course in the Channel right South east 4. or 5. leagues: (and being past Corunna) may cast anchor at Fontenne or Pytance, on the west side under a rew of Rocks at 10. or 12. fathom water. And over against Corunna East north east standeth a city called Puente de Mas, where you may also anchor at 10. or 12. fathom. There have you likewise on the northside a rue of Rocks, and over the River a great Bridge. There lieth an Haven called Queres South south west, and South and by west, of the Island Cyzarga, whose entry is fair: after you are entered you must turn in westward a great half league, and may anchor there at 8. or 9 fathom in the channel. Seven dutch leagues westward of Cyzarga lieth the east point of Monsei or C. de Bellem, near which you may sail to Monsei South south east, and Southeast and by south. If you will come in thither from the west, keep the cape of Corrian called the Groin without Cape de conde two ships lengths, until you may see Marikerke which stands on the westside clear without Monsei point. Continue your course towards Marykerke through the channel south east and anchor behind the Rokes before the town at 8. or 9 fathom. Yet shall you not sail into Monsei before Marykerke be seen without the point of Monsei. There you may likewise anchor on the Northside of the haven at 6. or 7. fathom. On the Southside of the town of Monsei, there is a Bay, before which lieth a should East north east about two cables length thwart the haven. Marykerke lieth from Monsei North and by East, but it lieth East North east from the Shingles. When you come from Sea, if Marykerke be from you South east, you may enter at the west side of the rocks: the rocks lie from Monsei South west and by south: but the inner end of the rocks beareth South and by west. The Cape de Finisterre, and Monte Lauro, lie from each other South east, and North west, and the Rocks betwixt them bear South south east. There is a Bay between the Capes of Finisterre and Corrian, where eastward of the great Rock you may anchor before the sandy Bay at 6. or 7. fathom. A little dutch league to the Eastward of Finisterre beareth the haven of Corcovia, which the flemings call Corco baiona: It stretcheth inwards to the North, where you may cast anchor in the channel at the sandy Bay in 8. or 9 Fatham. These Coasts or Ports do yield like Merchandises and Fruits as the aforesaid coasts of Riba deos etc. They take besides at certain seasons every year a wonderful great quantity of whales, to their great profit and commodity. The map ' of the sea coasts of Galicia and of Octugall Until you be passed the Cape of Finisterre, Even as it is situated and as it appeareth When you come sailing alongst Out of the Spannishe Sea A TRUE DECLARATION OF THE SEA COASTS OF GALLITIA FROM the Cape de Finisterre beyond Camino. IF you will sail into Muros or Moors, set Montelauro called Mounteluer north-east and by East from you, hold then on towards Montelauro, and you shall go clear of the Rocks that he on both sides, but borrow most of the south side, because that is the salfest. But when you come near Montelauro, you shall see many high Rocks, which you must leave on the larebord side three cables length, and so go in. South south east of Montelauro you have a blind Rock in the midst of the Channel, which you must leave on the starbord side. But when the Town that lieth in Northwards of Montelauro cometh full open unto you, then are you past this blind Rock, which lieth South and by East, somewhat more Easterly of the East end of the town. You must shun the first point within Montelauro, two Cables length of, and having past the other point, bear in northwards to the town which is on the starbord side. The city Muros standeth on the west side of the haven, where you may anchor at .12. or .13. fathom. But if you will enter the River of Roxo, you must set southward without the cape of Muros, for there are many rocks stretching out into the sea on the Northside of the haven of Roxo, which you cannot sail between. Wherefore hold on till you be south of the great rock, and having left all the rocks on your Larebordside or to the seaward, continue your course between the firm land and the rock, until you may see the haven open before you. Then must you pass up in the midst of the channel unto the Island Roxo, and there anchor where you please. But on the Southside are 2. or 3. bays where is good anchor hold. If you will go to Puente Vedra set in on the Southside of the Isle Blidedones, which is a very flat land, lying in length East north east about two dutch leagues: then shall you come to a little Island in the midst of the Haven, which you shall leave on the Larboorde. To the Southward of it you may perceive a tower on the main land, before which you must sail, and anchor at 7. or 8. fathom. Four dutch leagues from Puente vedra lie the Islands of Bayon, which to such as come out of the sea, show like grey rocks, or cliffs. If you will go in at the northside, your course lieth in mid water, between these Islands, and the main land, until the channel of Cannas or Cangas and Vigo be opened unto you: then go Eastward in. The Haven is fair and large, you may ride on both sides, either before Vigo or Cangas: and may likewise go farther in beyond the South point to Rondello, where both ship and lading may be self in the Oase without cable or anchor. But if you will sail in by the south Island of Bayone, your course lieth in the midst of the channel between the said Island and the main land, until you are clear of the point of Bayon. Then set towards the East point of Boyon, whereupon standeth a castle afterwards turn southward behind the Castle to the city, where you may anchor at 6. or 7. fathom. You may also cross over thence to Vigo, betwixt the point and the Island or Rock that lieth in the other side of the haven at 3. or 4. fathom. But if you will sail from the southermost Island to Vigo or Cangas, hold on two leagues North-east until you may see thorough between the main and the North Island, and that the city of Cangas appear without the corner, which is on the North side of the haven. Then ariseth a low point on the starboard side, hold on in the midst of the channel between the said point, & the North land, where you may anchor in what place you please: both on the Southside before Vigo, and on the North side before Cangas in 12. or 13. fathom. These countries and ports yield great abundance of Oranges, Chestnuts, and very small wines. And thither is carried great quantity of Corn, to the great benefit and behoof of many Merchants and Mariners. A DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF Galicia beginning from Cap de finisterre Unto Camino, Donne According Unto the true Situation & appearing Thereof * 1588. * A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COSTS OF THE NORTH PART of Portugal viz. from Viana, to cape de Montego. ABout three dutch leagues to the Southward of Bayone standeth a monastery upon the strand. Five Dutch leagues from hence is the river of Viana called Rio de Lymas, at the entry whereof lieth a notable ledge of rocks. That you may go clear of the same, hold on still Southward, until the two fire or watch Towers which stand upon southland be brought in one. For by these marks you may hale along the shore in 4. or 5. fathom, until the two houses and the little steeple which you see upon the Northside of the land be brought together. Then hold on so alongst the shore on the East side of the rock whereon standeth a mast, until the river lie open before you. Then sail inwards on the South side of the second rock, whereon also standeth a mast. Then crossing up Northward to Viana anchor at 7. or 8. fathom. In the very entry lieth a bar, whereon is two fathom water. Five Dutch leagues South of Viana standeth Villa del Conde, and at the entry of that haven are many rocks, round about which you may safely pass in 5. or 6. fathom depth. Farther inward lieth a bar or a should thwarting all the mouth of the haven and hath 2. fathom water, the deepest place in all the haven is not above 3. or 4. fathom, but the best depth is to the Southward. It is a bard haven, and in the North part, full of rocks and sands. Three leagues Southward of Villa del Conde lie the great high rocks of Lesons half a league to the Northward of the river of Port de Port, called Rio Duero, betwixt which rocks and the main, you may sail in on both sides, and there ride at 6. or 7. fathom, for the ground is very good for anchoring. There lieth a rock under water half a league south-west of the west corner of the said rocks. The port of Metellyn, lieth within the foresaid high rocks, being a bard haven of 2. fathom. A league Southward of Lesons' rocks, lieth the River Port de Port. into which you must hale on the Northside, keeping all the rocks Northward of the river, and sail along the South shore East and by North, until you are clear of the rock whereon standeth a cross, then far you forward in the midst of the river to the city Port de port. Inwards it is 10. or 12. fathom, but the entry is only 3. or 4. fathom deep, at half flood. You may enter likewise on the South side along the shore, where at high water there is 3. fathom. From Port de port to Aueiro is 8. leagues, all the coast alongst the shore is downs. About the mouth of Aueiro are ragged downs, and may hale along the strand at 10. or 12. fathom: when the high black hill within the land beareth East and by South from you: then are you in the entry and right before Aueiro river. when you are come in 6. or 7. fathom water, you shall see three masts standing upon the shore, which you must keep together, bearing inwards East and by South, and East South east, until you come near the shore, where these masts stand by the sand banks. Then set Northward, and holding on near the North shore, leave all the flats on the starreboord, until you have the river open before you. Then turn in again East South east up to Aueiro, in the midst of the channel, between both the coasts. At the entrance upon the should at half flood, you have but 2. fathom, until you are within it, where you have 5. or 6. fathom depth. Five Dutch leagues Southward of Aueiro beareth the Cape de Montego, and a eague to the Southward of that Cape, lieth the bard haven Pisage: half a league to the westward from thence in the sea lieth a bank containing 6. fathom water, under which you may ride at 12. or 13. fathom. Under the Burlynges which are portrayed in the next Table, you may cast anchor at 10. fathom right against the Hermitage, where you have very fair ground. These countries yield store of wines, Oranges, Oil, and Olives, and much good Salt is carried from Aueiro. But the city of port de port is the chiefest Town of traffic in all these coasts. map of coastal Portugal THE SEA COASTS OF Portugal between Camino & Montego, even as the Country there abouts is lying and situated with all the havens thereof Exactly done, and corected with great diligence. A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF THE MOST notable part of Portugal. viz. from the Burlinges to beyond Saint Vues. THe Cape of Roxent beareth 12. leagues South and by East, and South southeast from the Burlings. About a league to the Eastward of Roxent lieth the Road called Cascals: where against a North wind you may anchor at 10. or 12. fathom. If you will from Cascals into the river of Lysbone, hale along the north shore bearing a loof from the first black point, about a cables length. Then go towards S. Gyles point a quarter of a Cables length of it: but take heed you enter not in a calm and a low ebb, because the tide setteth strongly upon the northern shoalde, called the north Malechopos or Katchupps: when you are within S. Gyles, bear alongst the North shore, until you are passed the castle called Restiers, or Rastels, and anchor at 12. or 13. fathom, before the Town called Bolin. But if you will sail in the channel called the Craeck deep, or great deep of Lisbon, set the west point of Roxent right against Cascals, until the abbey which standeth upon the hill westward of Restiers answereth to the little tower which beareth northwards upon the land: Then go so towards the Abbey of S. Katheryne's almost north-east, and north-east and by East, until on your Larbord side you have two third parts of the river. Continue then your course towards Restiers, until you are passed the castle, where you may anchor at your pleasure. But if through the Craicke deep you will turn in or out upon a board, bring the said little Tower two masts length westward and the like distance to the northward of the said Abbey, and every time when you have brought your marks after this sort, turn the ship, until you come to S. katheryne's bay. But if you will set towards the Banks of S. Vues or S. Toous, keep the first point lying to the westward of Zizembre a ships length without the point that beareth Eastward of it, until you see a white house appear over against the castle that stands on the shore: Then may you discover the castle of Palmedo in a great valley: keep these marks after this manner, and go North north-east and north-east and by North, until you are passed the aforesaid castle on the shore. And from thence hale along that shore at a cables length to S. Vues. In the banks of S. Vues' lie 7. shoals or bars, which at full sea have 4. fathom water. On the Southside these banks are dry, and do for the most part show above water. The entry along the South coasts is only for Barks, and small vessels, anchor near the city of S. Vues at 6. or 7. fathom. In this part of Portugal is so great trade and variety of traffic, that it is hardly to be matched in all Europe. For there is great plenty of all kind of spices, sugar, silver, gold, wine, oil, salt, ivory, cochenille, brasil, and innumerable other kinds of merchandises, that are brought thither out of the Indies, and from thence transported and dispersed throughout all Europe. map of coastal Portugal THE SEA MAP OF P●●●ugal wherein are situated the most famous mar● town of Lisbon & St vues with their Rivers and coasts as they show when you saiell up and down them. A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF ALGARBES the Southern part of Portugal. AT the Cape of S. Vincent you have self harborough for a North and Northwest wind: Two leagues from Lagos, lieth a great rock under water, and a great league Southward from Villa Nova: whether if ye will go bring the tower and the mast standing upon the East land, together, and hold along the shore until you are passed the tower, then bear in Northward till you come before the city of Villa Nova, where on the South side you have a great dry bank: at the entry or mouth is only 2. fathom water at half flood, and the north side is full of banks and shoals. About 6. leagues Eastward beareth the city Faraon, where, upon the shore standeth a light tower, from the corner whereof lieth out a bank which you must avoid. Go in on the East side setting the tower on the Larbord, & the shore of Tavilas on the starrebord side. Four leagues Northward of Faraon lieth Tavilas, the entrance is crooked and full of shoals which you must pass by observing the shore marks, beacons, and other signs before you may enter. At half flood you have there not above 10. or 12. foot depth, & every year the channel shifteth. Four leagues from thence Northward lieth Aimont, a good haven, and you may bear right in from the sea, or may enter by the Eastside heard aboard the shore: within, it is wide and broad, you may turn to Castro-Marin or Aimont, where you may anchor at 5. or 6. fathom, as you shall think best. Five leagues further Eastward you have the channel of L'epe which doth change almost every year. Two leagues Eastward from thence lieth the entry of S. Michael where you may come directly in from the sea, & then from S. Michael's with little barks you may pass the shoals to L'epe or Cartaya, where you may take in the good Bastard wine. These Havens do yield figs, oil, cork, and wines, there is also great store of fish taken at Lagos, which is carried through the straights of Gibraltar, sold and distributed among the most part of the towns of the Levant. A Description of the Sea Coasts, of the land of Algarbe, and a part of the Condado with their show & opening A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS AND HAVENS OF ANDALUZIA. SAltees beareth 4. leagues Eastward from S. Michael, you may sail by it, to the great Condado, and may go in by the west entrance, and keep Guelua, which we call the Vuoolfe, over the Eastern point of the haven, bearing inwards to Saltees. But if you will enter by the land side, then must you bear in with the west end of the white cliff: hale then a cables length off alongst the shore by the great tree, that standeth westward of the cliff, keeping still the point of the haven right over against the Tower of Odier, until you are clear of the Island. Then set Northward to Palos, where you may anchor at 5. or 6. fathom. Saltees lieth 8. leagues from Chipiona Southeast: you may here enter the river of S. Lucar de Barrameda called Guadalguevir two cables length from the shore: and when you are clear of the second shoalde, give it a birth of the South shore, until the Abbey, and the great tree are one: then hold on to S. Lucyfers Church commonly called S. Lucar de Barrameda. To get the true depth and channel of the river set the said great tree right over the East-end of the Abbey, and so may you enter or go forth. But when Chipiona beareth South south-west from you, and the castle and tower are one, then are you near the first blind rock or shoalde. The marks of the rock that lieth in the entrance of S. Lucars channel are, when the windmill and the white Friary are brought together on the eastside of S. Lucar, for than should you by sailing forwards strike upon the rock. wherefore keep the windmill five foot distant Northward of the Abbey, and then shall you enter in the best of the channel, which at half tide is 4. fathom deep. within, it is wide and broad, anchor there at 10. or 12. fathom before the little Church which standeth on the North shore. Calis-malis lieth Southeast from Chipiona 7. leagues, there have you the entry wide & broad. You may sail in about two cables length of the Puercos, which lie about half a league from the North corner of Calis. About a great half league north-east and by North from thence lieth a rock under water called the Diamant: then appeareth S. mary's little Church between two great high hills. If you will go farther in than Calis, hold on Southeast beyond Puntall, where is good harborough for all winds. Calis bay is wide and broad and of 15. or 16. fathom depth. A Northwest wind beateth full upon it. From Calis to the strait of Gibraltar you have eight leagues: and three leagues thence to the haven or road of Gibraltar, which is a very fair bay, and is able to contain many ships. About the point of Tariffa or the straight, half a league from land, lieth a should no deeper than 1½. fathom, which you must be heedful to avoid. These countries bring forth all kinds of the best wines, fruits, and other Merchandises, as Seeks, Bastard, and Romany, Figs, Reasins, Oil, Olives, Pomegranates, Cithaeron's, or Oranges, Sugar, Skins of India, and great plenty of the best Salt. map of coastal Andalusia THE SEA COASTS of Andaluzia made according unto the right situation thereof even as they appear & open with their Rivers and havens A DECLARATION OF THE SEA CHARTLEY FROM THE FARTHEST part of England to Plymouth. IF coming out of the East, you are bound with the Sorlinges, shape your course in by the Eastern shore at 8. or 9 fathom. There is a Bulwark or sconce before the castle: And thence off a little way lieth a rock under water, you may sail betwixt it and the Bulwark. On the west side of the haven are two rocks, keep them in one, and go near the North shore, so shall you safely sail without the point in 10. fathom, but take heed you come no nearer. To go clear of the rock that lieth in the entrance, set the northern rock northward of the other rock, so much as you may see through them, and then are you on the northside of the rock that lieth in the entry. And when you are passed the rocks that are above water, turn Northward near the castle, and anchor at 8. or 9 fathom. If you will go from the lizard to Monsbay, hold on west Northwest, until you see the castle in Monsbay upon a high round rock. Then bear into the Bay, right on the west side of the castle, until you discern a little Island nigh the west coast, whereupon are two sharp steeples like unto watchtowers or beacons. And go so into the Bay nigh to that Island or rock, (for there alongst it is clear) leaving the castle a good way on your starrebord side. by reason of the rocks adjoining. When you are passed the Island, you shall see a great sandy bay, where you may anchor in 7. or 8. fathom. But the best of the road against a South & South Southeast wind is at 6. or 7. fathom. If you will sail to Fallmouth, hale inwards alongst the Eastern shore two cables off, that you may be clear of the blind rock that lieth in the entry. Beyond the haven stands a high wood, which you must keep beyond the Northern point of the west land. By that wood are two chalky marks, which you must likewise keep above the said point, then bear towards the midst of the high west land, where you may anchor at 15. fathom, at the northern point of the high land: But if you will run farther in, ply Eastward towards the Bay, and when you are clear of the should which reacheth down from the Eastern tower inwards towards the midst along the haven, there anchor within the bank near the East land at 8. or 10. fathom. Foy standeth also in a great Bay, being a bard haven, where on each side stands a tower. Bear in between both shores. But on the westside the water is broader between the stakes and the tower which standeth on the west coast. But if you will hale in along the west shore within the stakes, bearing a little off from the land, hold about the midst of the channel, but nearer to the westward, until you come before the town where at full sea you have depth enough. Here is no great trade or traffic, but for broad clothes, kerseys, and Tin. The greatest part of the inhabitants live upon grazing, & shipping. map of coastal England THE SEA COASTS of England, from the Sorlinges by the lands end to Plymouth with the havens and harbrowghes A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF ENGLAND between Plymouth and Portland. IF you will sail into the Sound of Plymouth and go clear of the Rock, bear alongst hard by the eastside of the Island where it is 5. fathom deep at high water, until you see the Church of Lymehouse on the westside of the valley, for then are you clear of the rock: behind that Island and upon the main land of Plymouth standeth a wall, which if you do heedfully mark and Lymehouse Church appear on the North head of the aforesaid valley, then shall you run right upon the Rock, where you have but 3. fathom at low water: yet behind the Island you may anchor in .12. or 13. fathom. But if you will forwards into the west harborough, set westward between the Island & the main land until you have opened the west harborough haven, then hold on in the midst of the channel between both lands, until you are within the west point, where you may cast anchor at 9 or 10. fathom. When you will sail from the Cape called Ramhead into Catwater, then ply towards Plymouth point until Catwater lie open before you, leave the greater part of the water on your starboard side, and so sail into the midst of the channel, where you may anchor right against the northland in 4. or 5. fathom at a dead low water: And you may anchor also on the side of the entry under the Cape of Ramhead Northward thereof by the shore in 10. fathom water for there is clear ground. If your course lieth to Dartmouth, you shall discern a red point on the eastside of the Haven, and a black point at the water's side. In the Red point lieth a great white rock: when you have brought this rock right over the Black point, you are hard aboard the Blind rock, that lieth thwart the Channel of Dartmouth, yet nearer to the Eastward. But when you come to discern the Key of the town that standeth on the eastside of the Haven, keep amidst the channel, until you may perfectly see the same, then hale inwards until you are within the two Castles standing on the havens side, and you shall go clear of the Rock. The haven is wide within: you may turn westward and let fall anchor before the town or the Brew-houses where you list. Three leagues Eastward from thence is the road of Torbay, which is very self for a south-west wind: you may likewise anchor on the eastside of the start where is good anchor hold in 8. or 9 fathom. Four leagues to the Northward of Torbay lieth the bay of Tynmouth a self harborough for a South wind, where is also good ground for anchoring in 7. or 8. fathom. If you come out of the west into Portland road, hold on two cables length off alongst Porteland shore: and having past the point, turn westwards till you come to the castle: where is good road against a South, and South and by East wind at 7. or 8. fathom. Northward of Portland, lieth a little bard haven, called Weymouth, where you may anchor at 4. or 5. fathom. If you will ride under S. Aldom Land shun the Needles of Shipman's pool, and so sail into the town, which at a low water you have ankering at 3. fathom. These Ports yield almost nothing else but wool and cloth: the inhabitants do live chief upon grazing. map of coastal England A DESCRIPTION OF THE Sea coasts of England. Between Plymmouth & Portland with the, chiefest havens thereof according unto their Situation A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS BETWEEN THE Isle of Wight and Dover. TO go in at the west end of Wight, you must look well to the tide for the flood sets very sore upon the Needles, and the ebb likewise westward upon the Shingels and Chalky Rocks which lie westwards of the Needles, and it is very narrow between the Needles and the Shingels, wherefore sail directly with the Needles very near them, and keep the inner point of the Isle right without the Needles: And when you are so come within the Needles, bear somewhat off the Island between the Chesell & the Isle's point, (because of the Rocks called the Wardens, which lie on Wight-side near the shore) then turning Eastward over against Calshorte, you must cast anchor in 7. or 8. fathom. But if you will enter at the East end of Wight, keep the Castle right against the Lime-kil that lies above Portesmouth until that Culuer cliff come within the point of the isle, for than shall you have brought the Lyme-kill to the east end of Portesmouth: which you must so hold until the Castle which standeth to the westward of Portesmouth do appear on the East side of the wood: and then ply sometimes towards Saint Helen's Abbey, keeping your marks in this sort, you shall take no hurt on the Shoaldes or Sands. But if you cannot see the Limekill, then shall you keep the Castle on the westside of Culuer cliff, until you have brought S. Helen's church with out the point of the Island a ships length. Then may you freely sail Northwest up, without any danger of the riff or tayle-sand that lieth out. Then keep the square Tower between the East end of Portesmouth and the Castle: until you may see the Castle which standeth on the westside of Portesmouth, Eastward of the wood: and so may you go inwards. The marks of these shoals and Flats are these. viz. The Castle standing Eastwards of Portesmouth, and the square tower, whereof I have now treated. When you have brought the Lymekill so much to the Eastward of the Castle, that you may but see betwixt them, then are you upon a little should, which at low water hath 5. fathom and a half: and then have you the Castle that standeth on the west end of Portesmouth, at the west corner of the wood. But when the square tower that standeth by East of Portesmouth is brought westward of the Castle: then the Castle by west of Portesmouth standeth at the woods west end. You have there at high water 6. fathom. And when the square tower is seen between the East end of Portsmouth and the Castle, and the Castle standeth right betwixt the Limekill and the tower: & likewise when the Castle on the west end of Portesmouth standeth to the Eastward of the wood, then have you 11. fathom at high water. But when the Limekill and Portesmouth tower are one, & the castle beareth westward of the wood, then have you 10. fathom at high water, and lastly when S. Helen lieth south west and by west from you, than the South east end of the should beareth North east, and by north from you. Three leagues Eastward of Weenbridge lieth Arundel, which is a bard haven, & at half flood .2. fathom deep: you must go in by the west coast, and let fall your anchor before the town in .5. fathom. Four leagues from Arundel standeth New Shoram, The East side thereof hath a gravelly Chesell, where alongst you may sail in, and in the entry you have .3. fathom water at half flood: in the midst before the haven lie rocks under water. The entry on the west side is wide and broad, and is at half flood 2. fathom deep, the haven is large and broad within, where you may anchor in 4. or 5. fathom. If you will sail into the Cammer of Rye, shape your course alongst the Shingels: and when you shallbe a Cables length of the point of the Shingels, turn up towards the Castle of Winchelzey, leaving all the shore or should marks on your starbord, then let fall your Anchor in the River of Rye, called the Rother at 4. or 5. fathom: for the Cammer where in times past we were wont to lie is now fowl & full of shoals. These countries yield little else but wool, Cloth, and Fier-wood, which are transported from thence. map of coastal England THE SEA COASTS OF ENGLAND between the isle of Wight & Dover, with the principal havens thereof according to their situation and Appearing * HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENSE THE SECOND PART OF THE MARINERS MIRROR containing in divers perfect plots & sea charts' both the Northern and Eastern NAVIGATION: VIZ. From the straits between Dover and Calais, the coasts of England, Scotland, Norway, Emdenyutland A with all the sounds of Denmark & the Baltic sea unto Wiburgh and the Name. With their particular descriptions trafiks and commodities. A PERFECT DESCRIPTION AND PORTRAIT OF THE CHIEFEST PART OF England viz. of Thames the river of London, and of all the sands, banks, flats, and shoaldes unto Harwich. IF you come from the West, and will pass within the Goodwin to the foreland: first shape your course North north-east, and North and by east: and then the windmill standing westward of the foreland, appeareth on the west side of the valley, hold then on North and by East, until you have brought the tower of the Foreland on the eastside of the said valley: and then are you on the North side of the Querns. The marks hereof are, when you see a little tower standing on the forelands point, and an other on the Southforeland over against the third white down at the castles side. But if you come from the North and will sail within the Goodwin, take heed you come no nearer the Quernes then 7. fathom. Then setting the south Foreland from you South south west, you have the best depth: when the broad Tower is brought into Ramsgate, you are then at the Quernes: But when the windmill appeareth in Ramsgate, or in the valley, you are then on the South of the Quernes. But when you be at the downs, and the innermost corner of the cliff be South south-west from you, than the Quernes bear North and by East: and the North-end of the Goodwin north-east and by North, and North-east from you. If you will sail from Margate into the Thames, shape your course by north the foreland west South west: then hold on alongst the coast west, and west and by north to the Reculuers, where a ship that draws much water must stay for the tide, to pass over the shoals called the Lasts between a buy and a beacon, where is 3. fathom depth. From the buy set west north west, and west and by north towards the Beacon standing northward, where you have also 3. fathom water: and assoon as you are passed that Beacon, it is but 2. fathom deep at half flood: from thence ply west northwest into the channel: hold then for the most part towards the north shore, because of the Norre, which reacheth down from the South shore, and go so forth amidst the river up unto Gravesend: But if you will back again alongst the North coast out into the Sea, shun Blactaeil point before the middle should, afterwards ply North-east, and North-east and by north until you have brought a certain Sharp steeple in the midst between two others. The great spire steeple is called S. Matthewes Abbey. By these marks you may pass through the Spits, within half a cables length off the shore: then hold on alongst the shore north-east unto the Nase, where two trees stand upon a high hill: & when they are both in one, con North Northwest, by the marks of Harwich, until you come before the haven: And from thence hold on North-east & by North to Orfordnesse, and so North Eastward into the sea. But when you shall be come to the Spits, and the Beacon standing upon the shoals of Show bear west south-west. You are then in the King's channel which lieth to the seaward North North-east, where at low water you have 4. fathom. If you will bear in with Harwich, set the broad tower standing westward of Harwich in the wood, Southward of Harwich, and enter northwest and by north, and north northwest, until you are clear of the fisher's stakes. Then turn in westward or northward as you please, and anchor in 6. or 7. fathom. About half a league from the northend of the red cliff lieth the should of Bawdsey. If you will enter near Orfordnesse, hale along the shore until Alborough lie north and by west from you, and then shall you be on the west side of White Sand, and right against Orfordnesse haven. From thence setting South and by west, pass by the should of Bawdsey on the outside: then hold on Southwest-ward, till you may see Harwich open of the point of the haven. Then cometh Bawdsey to lie westward of the red cliff: where is safe road in 5. fathom. west northwest of Alborough lieth a should called Abreknocke: from thence you have unto Galper 8. leagues South Southeast: And from Galper to the North foreland 4. leagues south-west and by South, where the tide from the north and South do cross each other alongst the coasts of England, where also a north and a South moon maketh full sea. In these coasts is very great traffic, but chiefly of English clothes, wool, tin, pewter, lead, safron, sea-coals, firewood, and other commodities, which these countries do yield. Contrariwise all kind of saltfish, and great store of linnencloth, and other merchandises is brought thither from Holland, and Zealand, and there uttered and distributed. map of coastal England THE SEA Coasts between Dover, & Orfordnes: Wherein is contained the most famous River of Thames with all the Sands, banks, flats, & shoals there abouthis according to their 〈◊〉 Salvation and appearing▪ THE NORTH COASTS OF ENGLAND BETWEEN WALDERSwicke and Burnham, withal the banks and shoals. WHen Eston beareth south-west and by South from you, then are you on the Northside of Covehith should. But when Kesland lieth west Northwest, you are on the Southside of that should. When Lestofs tower standeth Southward of the tree, you are then on the Southside of the banks of Leistofe. If you will anchor on the South of Leistof, borrow of the shore at 4. fathom, till the tower be west, and west and by North from you, where you may cast anchor in 4. fathom water. But if you will go through the narrow places within the banks to the brewhouse, give it a little birth of the shore: then edge Northward, and North and by westward, and anchor in the North road before the brewhouse, at 6. or 7. fathom. And if you will out to sea through the shoals, bring the brewhouse and the windmill in one, and cross so through the shoals. But if you will hold on your course towards Yermouth, keep Suthon over against the North head or pierre, and the great tree southward of the flat church, and hold on so strait by yermouth shoaldes called the Holmes. Northward of the Haven of Yermouth lieth a should called Middle-platt: at the west side thereof you have 7. fathom water. Not far from yermouth lieth an other should called Rocklyn 9 fathom deep, which you may pass by on both sides to the seawards. There also standeth a broad tower on the Northside of yermouth, lying inwards from the shore: when you have brought the same to the Southend of the wood, you are then on the North part of yermouthes shoals. If Wynterthon bear South south-west from you as you come from the North, you are Southward of the should of Winterthon. Thence borrow of the shore at 3. or 4. fathom, till you come Southward of Rocklyn. To the Eastward and East and by Northward of yermouth beyond the shoals lieth a new bank, which hath been there but these 3. or 4. years past, being of 2. fathom depth, but aswell on the North as the Southside you have there 20. fathom water. Blackneie is a bard haven, you must enter along the shore, and in the entry lie Buys. Between Blackneie and Welles lieth a should called the Pol and Pepper: At the west side of this should is the channel of Wells, which hath also Buys in the entry. Burnam standeth 4. leagues westward of wells, where is shallaw water, and the flats stretch far into the sea. Burnam channel lieth inwards by the shore, and hath on the Larbord side, as you enter certain Beacons. To the westward, lieth an other road or channel of 3. fathom depth called burneham pits: about 3. leagues thence to seawards you have but 2. fathom water. If you will set towards Linne, go hard under S. Edmund's Chapel, leaving the shoalde called the Sunk, which lieth above water a seabord of you, then hold on your course South and by west to the first Buy that lieth in the entry of Linne. The commodities and traffic that these coasts yield is wool, Cloth: and in some places, wheat, Barley, Malt, Beer, Herrings and Sprats: In exchange whereof much Salt Fish, and Linen Cloth is brought thither, and vented especially at Linne. map of coastal England and Sweden The Sea Coasts of Swedeland, about the coasts of Westerwijck and the entrance of Stockholm, Beginning from Kalmar unto the Wigstone and the Red Kewe the which lie within the said entrance of Stockholme. All truly done & invented by Lucas Janss Wagenaer AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE COASTS AND CHANNELS OF Linne, Hull, Filey, Scarborough, with the shoals and banks adjoining. IF you will sail from Welles to the haven of Lynne, keep the high flat tower between the two other high towers, then are you in the right way to Lynne. When S. Edmund's Chapel beareth East from you, and the trees that stand upon the innermost point do come on the west end of the Chapel, than shape your course in Southeast, and Southeast and by South towards the first buy: for now are you entered the Eastern channel of Lynne: from thence hold South south-west, and South and by west to the first Beacon, from thence to the second South south-west, and so forth unto the third south-west and by South. Then your course lieth by two buys south-west, and south-west and by South, till you be within the point of the Land: from whence you may conde between the shoals to the west entry or channel, and out again by the Buys and eye marks. This channel lieth to the seawardes' North-east, and North-east and by East. But if you will enter Bostons' channel set towards the coast of Skegnesse, bear in hard aboard the shore, and you shall be clear of the should called the Drosing or Ellen-knocke. when you have brought the three trees Southward of Somcall or of the sharp steeple, then Ellen-knocke. standeth so seawardes from you. And then may you bear up alongst the coast of Leak in 3. fathom water into the river of Bostone. But you may return back again to sea between Ellen-knock and long sand, in 3. fathom water East north-east. And if you will enter the channel of Humber, hale in alongst the Northern point of Sprunhead, because the Southside is flat and full of shoals, but being entered a little way, borrow of the other side of the river towards Grimsby within the should, where you may ride in 6. or 7. fathom. But if you will go farther in up to Hull, keep on west northwest alongst by the Southside to the furthermost end of the should: then turn Northward into the river, where after you are entered, you must hold west south-west, and west and by South. Bridlingstone is situate in a bay, where is safe harborough for a North and a Northwest wind. Three leagues to the Northward of Flamburgh lieth the bay of Filey, where you may safely anchor for a North north-east wind, between the Peer, and Filey bridge, (which is a rock that lieth under water at a spring tide.) Scarbrough beareth two leagues northward of Filay, and hath two peers, wherein you may cast anchor, and lie on the sand at low water. The traffic of these parts is Barley, Malt, wheat, and course clothes. map of coastal England A DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS of England Between Burnam & Scarborough as that land and coast lieth & appeareth▪ A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE NORTHERMOST COASTS OF ENGLAND, WHERE THE River of Newcastle is the chiefest haven. FRom Scarborough to Whitby you have 4. leagues North west and by west, the Haven or River is bard. southwards of the Haven stretcheth out a should half a league into the Sea. If you will sail to Whitby, bear in between two beacons, till you come between two lands, where you shall find it somewhat shallow. Hertlepole lieth from Whitby. 7. leagues, westward thereof is a great Bay or River called the Teis. It is a very fair Haven and stretcheth inwards to the west south-west. In the very midst of it, you have 30. fathom water, but farther inwards before Sockton, not above 4. fathom. The Cape or point of Sonderland lieth seven leagues northward from Hartlepole. Two leagues from thence more Northward is the castle of Tinmouth, on the Southside of it is the mouth of the River of Newcastle. The marks to enter are, when two watch Towers, and the wood are brought in one, by these marks you may sail in and out, until you come before the Town, where you have 3. fathom and a half. But in the entry only 2. fathom at half flood. Cocket Island is 7. leagues from Tinmouth North North west, which you may sail round about, and may cast Anchor salfely at 4. or 5. fathom. In these Coasts and specially at Newcastle is marvelous great traffic for sea Coles, which are transported thence to other Countries. It doth yield also Barley, wheat, Malt, and course Clothes, map of coastal England THE CARD OF the North coast of England from Whitbye unto Coket I'll. A TRUE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS BETWEEN Bambourgh and Aberdyne. HOlley Island beareth 4. leagues North North west from Coket Isle, and hath in the Southside thereof a Bay wherein is self road at 3. or 4. fathom, but best riding is before the castle. Between the west point of the Staples and Holy Island are 2. Rocks, one opposite to another, called the Plough, and the Goldstone. Bring Dunstabourgh one with Bambourgh, and so sail out betwixt them. Barwick lieth from thence five leagues west northwest: if you will enter the haven set the two Beacons on your starboard, and so hold on to the city: from thence five leagues North northwest lieth S. Tabbes head. The Isle of Basse is four leagues distant from S. Tabbes head, west northwest: whither from the farthermost point of the Staples you have 6. leagues Northwest: From S. Tabbes head to May Island, four leagues northwest and north west and by north: From May to Fisnes one league north-east and by east. Basse beareth South west & south west and by south from May, two great leagues, and but one from the western shore. Brant Island standeth to the westward, and west & by northward of Bass three leagues, by the south side of which you may sail. Three leagues westward of Brant Isle lieth Edenbrough the chiefest mart of all Scotland. S. Andrews Bay beareth northward of Fisnes, where is self harborough for a western wind: from S. Andrews three leagues northward lieth the river of Donde which stretcheth directly in from the sea: & may anchor before the city of Donde: A little farther in standeth a town called S. john's: there lieth also a rock called the Scaepe before the rivers mouth about half a league off the shore South eastward from Donde. Two leagues to the North Eastward of Donde standeth a high tower upon the point called Albror: from whence lieth the haven of Manros two leagues to the northward: where, on both sides is clear ground: and you may safely enter amidst the channel: and turning up northward may anchor before the city: from Manros you have three leagues Northeast-ward to the cape or point called Seynhooft, whereon standeth a castle. And two leagues Northward from thence lieth the port of Aberdyne: the west side is foul, but Eastward it is good and fair, enter therefore hard a board the East shore, till you come into the haven: in the entry there is 3. fathom water, and you may anchor before the city in 4. or 5. fathom. From these coasts are transported course scottish clothes, frises, sea coals, and some barley and malt, which are the commodities of those ports. A DESCRIPTION OF THE coasts between Bamburgh & Aberdeine whereof Edinburgh is the chiefest martrowne A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE SOUTHERMOST PART OF Norway, and of the coasts adjoining. IF you will sail into the Naze of Norway, enter Westward thereof North northwest, leaving the rock called the Bishop boden on your Larbord, which lieth in the midst of the Channel: Being clear of the same you must carefully as you go inwards beware of another Rock that lieth under water: but within it you shall cast anchor right against a white Church. If you will enter on the west side of Maensounde sail in North north east, but shun the Rocks, which lie under water on the starboard, about the innermost Isle. And being clear of them, anchor in .9. or .10. fathom. But if you will enter the Clooffe, keep the Cow and Calf North north east from you, and sail in westward of Melou, but shun the rock which lieth in the fair midway. And let fall Anchor in 15. or 16. fathom by the west shore within the point, and on the East side of Melou, you may go to Schaersounde and Oedendale. If you will bear in with the western haven of Vlecker or Flecorie, Conde a longest the out Schaers of Heiligen sound: and when the Bay of Vlecker openeth before you North north east, then hold in between the Island and the main, anchor in 15. or 16. fathom against the Rock, whereon standeth a pair of Gallows. The Eastern entry stretcheth inwards west northwest: and you may see the Bay called the Vos open before you: Set all the black rocks on the starrebord, and the rock with the two high stony beacons (which are called warders) on the Larbordside, and so sail inwards. But if you will set towards Reperwicke, keep the two sharp rocks standing upon Wolfsound on the starbord, and the three warders, with all the rocks on the Larbord, and continue your course so in Northward: but being clear of the point, turn up westward where you may anchor in 10. fathom. The Eastern entry of Wolfsounde stretcheth inwards Northwest, you must leave the great rock to the westward, whereon standeth an high warder. In the Isle of wolfsounde are three warders, turn in westward, where you may anchor in 25. fathom, you may also pass betwixt the rocks to Old Hill sound which lieth inwards west Northwest. Amersounde lieth North north-east in, and you may anchor behind the Island, near unto the high warder 30. fathom depth. The Eastern gate or entry of Amersounde lieth northwest, and southeast, westward thereof standeth a rock with a high warder on it. The Isle of Hesnes hath two warders upon it: It is there very deep, but towards the little church is not so deep, viz. 30. fathom. You may sail within the rocks to Mardou. And when the little hills or Holmen are northwest than you are before Mardou. The Isle of Mardou hath two high warders upon it: hold on between the Nie-Holmen and the Island (where lieth also a sunken rock near unto the said Isle) And being past the point, edge North northwest into the great bay, and anchor therein 30. fathom. You have in the Eastern entry of Mardou but 3. fathom water, and it lieth outwards and inwards East North-east, and west south-west. Being within the Island, you may cast anchor in 12. or 13. fathom. From all these havens are transported great store of Oaken beams, rafters, rails, and all kind of Oaken wood and timber: and some sawed boards, and planks, which in the low countries are much employed in buildings. map of coastal Norway The Sea Coasts of Norway as they do appear 〈◊〉 to their Situation between Der Noess & Mardon A PLAIN DESCRIPTION OF THE NORTHERN PARTS OF THE EASTERN SEA COASTS OF NORway, and the countries adjoining. IF you will enter Tromsounde you may sail in beyond Mardou through the fair channel, on the Northside stand two warders upon a high hill, where you may let fall anchor, or sail on farther to Mardou behind Trom Island. If you will bear in with Oxefoort, keep alongst under the rock of Tromsounde, and go first northwards: and having brought the long rock on the Larbord, hold on still Northward: when you are a little way entered you shall find a rock under water, in the very entry, which you must bring on your starbord, then continue your course until you are clear of the western point: where also lieth a rock under water near the point. And from thence sail to the west, and west and by North towards the high land, to the Eastern shore, where standeth an high warder where you may anchor in 20. or 25. fathom. Between Oxefoorte and Santfort lieth Longen, on the Eastern side standeth a mast with a ton on it: hence off two leagues is Santforde, thwart which alongst in the sea lieth a bank which in some places hath but 3. or 4. fathom water, and endeth about West Kiell. West Kiell lieth in Northward, and you may enter hard by the out rocks of jofferlande, and may sail about the said Island or anchor behind it in 15. or 20. fathom. Longsande beareth from that Island a great league North North-east. kings haven stretcheth inwards North northwest where is 30. fathom sounding: hale inwards alongst the ragged point from whence the rock called the Baers lieth not far: but if you would go to the Nesse being clear of the great rock whereon standeth an high warder on your starbord, you may sail between the old Longsande, and the said rock through into the Nesse passing by the ragged Isle: and anchor there in 20. or 30. fathom. From Longsande set East North-east to farther, between which lieth Larwicke, Stawangen and Tonsbargen. But Bast beareth Northward from farther. And from thence shape your course to Anslo, Coperwicke, and Soen water, and so forwards through the rocks called Lammeren to Braekenes which is a shallow river towards the sides, where most part of the fir board and timber is sawed. Rogh point lieth four leagues North North-east from farther, the rocks called the Sisters are 3. leagues north-east and by North from farther. The Isle of Akersounde is distant from thence 5. leagues to the North-east. In these parts lie the havens of the North-east country, where now a days is the chiefest taking of herrings, which was wont to be in Malstrande. From all these havens come deal boards, great and little masts, rails, rafters, timber to make hoops, fire wood and such like stuff fit for building. map of coastal Norway The Sea Coasts of Norway And of the land of north-east, as they show and appear between Mardou and Akersond, according unto their right situation AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE North-east COUNTRIES, where Malstrande is the chiefest port. IF you will sail from the cape called Schagen or Scaw to Masterlande, shape your course East north east, till you may discover an high round rock or hill, called Bretto: towards which you must bear East North east, till the rocks called the Pater nosters be in sight, which you shall leave on your larbord: And when you shallbe nigh the shore, the entry of Masterland will be open before you on your South side lying Eastward and East south eastwards: And leave the Island wherein standeth a beacon or warlocke, on your starbord. But when you come to the point, than the city lieth open before you, make fast a Cable to the Key, and cast Anchor to the Seawards. You may sail out again Southward into the main two or three ways. If you will bear in with Calfsounde enter hard aboard the great Rock whereon standeth a high warlocke: you may by holding on the same course, sail into Coyhell and Bahuys: you may also set forwards to the River of Nilues: called Window, between the Rocks, where on the East side you have the main, and the channel lieth open before you. Right before the River lieth a ragged Island, which you must leave on the Larborde. You may anchor under the same in 15. or 16. fathom, the haven is called Reefsounde. Two leagues Eastward of Reefsounde lieth the Island Malesounde which you may sail round about. Consbaeke lieth from thence two leagues to the East north eastward: Monstersounde standeth also on the eastside of the haven: and from thence Waersberghe lieth 3. leagues to the Southward. If you will sail to waersberghe, bring the Castle which standeth in the main land South of you, and hold on through the midst of the channel between the Island and the Eastern shore, but edge nearer the island because of the rock underwater that stretcheth out from the eastern point. There is also a blind Rock at the point of the Island, when you are clear thereof you may borrow of the Northern shore, and there come to anchor, for it is broad and 4. or 5. fathom deep. part of these Coasts do belong to the government of the King of Swedeland, and part to the King of Denmark. Their traffic is all sorts of Tallow, and such gross wares, Skines, Hides, Barley, and great store of Filberd-nuttes. map of coastal Norway A MOST PERFECT description of the Sea coasts of the North East land part of Norway part of Swedeland as it lieth between Distelbergh and Waersbergh A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE PRINCIPAL PART OF DENmarke, where standeth the famous city of Capen-haven, the chiefest place of the king's residence. north-east and by North of Coll, lieth an Island called Swedero, which is like an haven on the inside, but it is open on the northside. If you cannot go clear of Coll, bear boldly with the said Island, & hold on straight within the great rock near the church, where you may anchor in 10. fathom and ride safely. From Anholte set South southeast towards Zealande. And if by reason that the wind hangeth Easterly you cannot get into the Sound, hale alongst the coast of Zealand, on the backside of Haselin, where is good ground in every place for anchoring. There is also a great bay which is a good harborough overright alongst the coasts of Zealand for a North-east wind, where is 5. or 6. fathom water. To sail into the Sound, hold Southeasterly in from Coll, but bring not the Isle of Ween open of Elsenoers castle till you are clear of Swynebode. Then may you pass by Lappesande through the midst of the channel: and being past the castle anchor where you list. Towards Ween are certain places where is good riding in 7. fathom water, but it lieth far from the shore. If you sail from the Sound to Coppenhaven, being come to the end of the wood, you may sound the whole channel as you go upon 5. or 6. fathom, and not fail to find the Buy: but keep still in 5. fathom. when the tower of Coppenhaven is south-west from you, then are you come near the first Buy, where you have 7. fathom on the East side: hold on from the Northern Buy to the other, South & by East: borrow of the western coast, if the wind hang westerly, in 6. or 7. fathom, where you have also 9 or 10. fathom water. Set Southward from the second to the third Buy, for there have you 10. or 11. fathom & then are you right against Southolme, where it is shallower and narrower: from thence continue your course south, to the Buy of Casperkine, where is 7. fathom water. The fisher lieth from the Buy in Casperkine East and by North: the west side thereof is very shallow. Your course from Casperkine to the should or sand called Drakerriff is South, where a Buy lieth in 5. fathom water: but from Drakerriff to Steden South and by westward: and then have you sometimes deeper sounding. But when you are betwixt Steden and Falsterborne, and the flat broad tower of Falsterborne be one with the castle, then are you at the point of the riff or bank where lieth a Buy in 4. fathom depth: and there beginneth the Eastern sea called the Belt: and may shape your course thence Easterly towards Brontholme. If you will back again from Steden towards Draker, when you come near Drakerriff, if the tower of Coppenhaven appear on the East side of Draker wood, bring Draker North and by west off you, so shall you go clear of the Riff. And when the tower of Coppenhaven is to sight a ships length Eastward from the wood, you are thwart of Drakerriff Buy: where you have 5. fathom water. Your course from Drakerriff to the Buy in Casperkine, is almost plain North, where it is about 6. or 7. fathom deep, and there the channel is narrower. But from Casperkine to the other three Buys, set North, and north and by west, where you have 10. 9 8. or 7. fathom water: when Coppenhaven is south-west, then are you come to the North Buy. The eye mark of the other Buy, is, when the broad tower seemeth to be a ships length off from the great Church of Coppenhaven: The third Buys mark is when the broad and picked towers are one. But the mark of the Buy in Casperkine, is when the sharp tower cometh over against Coppenhaven castle. All the traffic of these coasts dependeth most of Malt, Barley, Nuts, and store of some kind of Tallow and Fat: the Herring season there, is now little worth, which heretofore hath been very great. map of coastal Denmark The Sea Map of the Sound, the most famous part of whole Dennemarcke even as it appeareth on both the sides when you sail amids through the Channel from Waersbergen unto Falsterboen. Where the Eastern Sea beginneth AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF BLECSIDE AND Calmersond lying at the entrance of Swethlande. IN the Erthholmes there is a Haven of 4. fathom depth. If you will set out from Santwicke in Bornholmes towards Ahuys, shape your course North and by west towards Hano. Hano is a round Island, and hath round about it good ground for ankeringe. From thence hold on North north west to Ahuys which lieth by a little River. Their commodities and trade is malt, Barley, and all kind of gross wares (viz.) Pitch, Tar, Tallow, Hides. etc. If you will from the East end of Borneholme, to Kalmer, sail from Borneholme North north east, towards the Rock which lieth from thence 14. leagues: then hold on to Kalmer, first to the Northward and North and by westward, but being clear of the riff or should called Suydernorte, Calmersond stretcheth inwards North and by East up to Kalmer, until you are clear of the strait passages of the Rocks which lie before the town. And from thence ply to the hill called Sweets Yunckfrow, north north east, and North and by East. Suydernorte beareth towards the west point of Oclande: From whence stretcheth a fowl rocky bank or riff, South and by west, a league and a half out into the Sea, and in the fair way by the Southside of Oclande, you have 28. or 31. fathom water about 3. leagues from land. The Isle of Oclande is long and narrow, and hath 18. flat towers. The trade of Calmer, and the countries adjoining, is Tar of Swedelande, all kind of Fells, and Skins of wild beasts, Salt, Hides, Goats skins, gross wares, and some Brass and Iron. map of coastal Denmark The Sea Coasts of part of Denmark and Swedeland from Vuytste to Calmer A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF WESTERWICK ABOUT THE mount of the Swethish Yunckfrow, the beginning of the rocks called the Schares of Swedeland. THe mount called Sweetse Yunckfrow or young maiden, beareth 8. leagues from Calmer N. N. E. and North & by East: and Silbuy is the first haven within the Schares, from whence you may set between the Schares to Westerwike, Flerbuy, and schelshever: for your way is fair. The entries of Stockholme lie 18. leagues from Sweetse yunckfrow North north-east: and the coast of Stockholme turneth up East. The entries stretch inwards, first north-east and by north, and after North north-east to Durhaven setting the rock called Wigsteen on the Larbord side, and the middle steene on the starboard. The rock which is called the red Cow lieth two leagues within the entries. And the entries of Stockholme lie inwards from Durhaven for the most part North west, Northwest and by west, & North and by West to Wiexholme. within the Schares of Westerwicke is every where good anchor hold in 16. or 20. fathom. The foresaid havens are subject to the king of Swedelande, and in a short time are grown so wealthy that now there is great traffic of all kind of commodities viz. of Tar, Barley, Malt, divers sorts of skins and other merchandises, besides gross wares and nuts, but chief Iron and Brass. The famous Isle of Gothland part of the dominion of the king of Denmark lieth upon the coasts of westerwicke or Swedelande, and is about 10. or 12. leagues off the shore. The notablest port thereof is Wisbuy a city in time past the mart for many countries, and much haunted by reason of the intercourse of factors, where all laws concerning seafaring and sea rights were established and ordained: but the Island being impoverished and utterly destroyed by cruel wars, at this day liveth by husbandry. Notwithstanding there is still some traffic of Pitch and Tar. It containeth in length eighteen leagues, and in breadth five: hath eighteen villages with spear steeples. It took name of the Goths, which did once inhabit it. map of coastal Sweden The Sea Coasts of Swedeland, about the coasts of Westerwijck and the entrance of Stockholm. Beginning from Kalmar unto the Wigstone and the Red Kowe the which I lie with in the said entrance of Stockholme. All truly done & invented by Lucas Janss Wagenaer A PLAIN DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS BETWEEN Weiburghe and the narve the farthest parts of the Belt, with their situations and commodities. THe Isle of Summer beareth 9 leagues from Hogelande North-east more Easterly. But your course from Hoglande to the Island called Putsfager lieth Northwest & by north: From thence you may sail within the Schares of Swedeland where you list. From Putsfager set toward Summer East, and East and by South: and from Summer towards the Island called Red Hell North east, and north east and by north: you have two Rocks on the Larborde in the very channel, called the Eastern and western Fishers. From Red Hell to Tralesande it is counted 2. leagues almost North-east, from whence you must go crossing northeasterly in and out from Beacon to Beacon till you come to Weyburgh, where the Eastern sea endeth. The Isle of Summer lieth near the coast of Rusland, having right against it the Schares of East Finland. The narve beareth 10. leagues from Summer South east: leave the Isle Tutters on the starreborde side: when you come near the narve, you shall discern a Mast with a Barrel on it upon the strand, keep that right over the wooden castle, and hold so alongst the shore into the river of narve. The narve is known by the round hills Southward of the Road: and you have from thence unto Eackholme 14. leagues northward. About the North, and North and by Eastward of Telsbourgh lie the Rocks of the greater and lesser Hooft or head, about which are many shoals which you must avoid. The lymie should or kalke ground of 2. or 3. fathom depth stretcheth down into the sea from the greater Hooft almost to Eackholme. Under Eackholme you have harborough, and clear ground on every side. Lyfeland shore all alongst up to narve hath no rocks at all. North west and by west of Hogelande lieth a rock under water, about 3. leagues of the shore in 2. fathom. In these parts of Rusland and swedeland, in times past none might traffic but those of Lubek, whereby they became very wealthy. For there are rich and costly merchandises, (viz.) All kind of Skins, Furs, Hemp, Flax, Tallow, wheat, Rye, and such like. THE outermost or the furthest part of the Eastern Sea East 〈…〉 which lieth Jnclosed with in the coasts of East Finland, Rusland, & ●●…sland, and wherein lie the Nar●… and Wybo●gh the two furthermost 〈…〉 ●archante town of 〈…〉, with all the 〈◊〉 of the situation 〈…〉 A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF LIFLAND ABOUT REVEL AND Moonsound and of the coasts adjoining. FRom the Isle of Nargen to the buy you have a great league East and by South: and from the buy to Revel two great leagues: not far from the Isle of Wolfsound is a blind rock: when the tower of Revel appeareth over the point of the Island you are come near the Rock which lieth half a league Northwest from Wolfsound. On the East side of wolfsound are two Islands called Wrangen, you may anchor within them in the channel at 10. or 12. fathom. A league and a half to the North northwest of them, lieth a blind rock: and an other half a league off plain North. The shore of Lyfland is all clear ground. If you will sail from Oegens-holme into Moonsund, keep South south-west, and south-west & by west, until you are within Osseholme. Grasholme lieth a league beyond Osseholme which you may sail round about or ride there at your pleasure. Grasgrond lieth a league within Grasholme in the midst of the channel: but borrow of the land of Syburgnesse or Dagerorts, along by the little Islands a reasonable distance off, keep within all the Islands S and by E. and S. until you come to the western coast of Oesell nigh the great tree, where you have 4. fathom water, sometimes but three. Hold on alongst the coast of Oesell four or five leagues Southeast and by East till you come to a little Island, then keep on between that Island and oesel, until you come to the farthest parts of Oessell where is 8. fathom water. Half a league from thence lieth a should called the Pater noster which you must sail aloufe off. Then may you ply again Southward to Runen, which is an Island situate ten leagues hence in the great bay of Righe. Revel, being the most famous Mart of the whole country, so flourished thirty years past, that every year there arrived and were unladen above an hundredth great ships with salt, which were also wont to be freighted there again with Wheat, Rye, Wax, Flax, Hemp, all kind of Skins and Furs, and such like commodities of good value. But it is now so decayed by reason of the continual wars with the muscovites, that through the whole year there are scarce six ships laden: which hath been to the general impoverishing of this city and country. A DILLJGENT description of THE SEA COASTS of Lyffland with all the Jles there unto appartaning even as they do appear and open when you sail there alongst from Ekehol men unto Syburghs ness A PLAIN DESCRIPTION OF RIGHE AND PARNOUT, AND OF the Islands adjoining. YOu must sail from Domesnest to Runen 6. leagues East, and East and by North: and from Runen to the northern coast of Oesell, where Moonsound beginneth, you have 10. leagues North, and North and by East: from Runen again unto kine 8. leagues East north east. From kine to Pernout it is 7. leagues North east and by East, where in the entry you have but 6. or .8. foot depth, the channel sometimes shifteth from place to place, and serveth only for small vessels, called boyer's. There standeth a little town between Pernout and Righe called sales where lieth a should in 8. foot depth before the entry, and serveth likewise but for small vessels. Duinemonde of Righe beareth from Runen 12. leagues South east. The eye marks to enter the river of Duina, are when the watch-house that standeth a little way from the castle of Duinemond is one with the great tree, and the southside of the city of Righe with the point of Terspille. These are the right marks to sail into the River a good ways, turn then up sometimes Southward, till you come between both lands. Then borrow of the South coast to the point of Terspille, where you may anchor in any place in 6. or 7. fathom: you must go by your Lead because the channel altereth almost every year 4. leagues: to the Southward of Domesnest is a little river where many small vessels do lad. In these two places thirty or forty years past was great traffic of all kind of costly merchandises which through the continual wars with the muscovites is almost utterly decayed. notwithstanding there is yet some traffic at Righe, for every year thirty or forty ships laden with Salt are there discharged: and above an hundred ships are likewise freighted with wheat, Rye, Clawbordes and wainscot, wax, Flax, Hemp, Pitch Tar, Salt, and dry Hides, Sheepskins, Furs and other like commodities of good value. THE SEA card of the Sea coasts of Lyffland comprehending the land lying round about the great Juhan of the Ryghish even as they do appear & open when you sail thee alongst A MOST PLAIN DESCRIPTION OF THE ISLE OF OESEL, WHICH lieth between the Belt and the bay of Right, and stretcheth up from the narrow entry or strait towards Righe and Parnout. YOur course from Domesnest to Runen is 6. leagues East and by North: and so far lieth Abbrick from Runen, whereabouts are many dangerous shoals in your fair way 3. or 4. fathom deep: But being past Domesnest, you may see it when you are a great league from Oesell. Aberburgh beareth westward of it, where ships are freighted with Barley, Malt, Tar, all kind of gross wares, and divers Skins and Furs. From Domesnest lieth a very dangerous riff or a rough and stone bank, a league out into the sea, North-east, and North-east, and by East. The road of Oesell, lieth from Domesnest three leagues Northwest, and Northwest & by west: where in 7. fathom is good ground to anchor. There stretcheth down also from the South end of Oesell a riff or bank two leagues in length into the sea Southward, and South and by westward, which is both hard and roomie: westward from this riff lie many scattering shoals and banks which stretch out Northward alongst the coast of Oesell, where in many places you have only 2. 3. 4. 5. fathom etc. There are besides in Oesell two other havens where ships are laden: viz. wick, and another 5. leagues from thence Northward. Hontsfort, beareth from wick eight leagues North, and from thence have you six leagues to Dagerort North Northwest wherein standeth an high Tower, which you may see on both sides of the land. Between both these heads you may sail to Hontswick, which is a perilous bay: for there are many shipwreck by reason the pilots are not skilful thereabouts. Now that I may again set down the entrance of Moonsound. Sail from Runen North, and North and by East, to the North point of Oesell, and they lie ten leagues one from an other: but bear aloufe from the should called the Pater noster, which joineth to Oesells point: when you are clear of it, you may see a little Island which you must bring on the starbord: hold on in 8. fathom depth between Oesell and that little Island, than set Northwest till ye get another Island on the starboard side, whereupon stand two or three high trees, but keep alongst the coasts of Oesell until you see a great tree: which being passed, you shall perceive many little Islands on your Larbord, which you must set half a league on the same side from you. In this place you may best consider by your compass how all the channels of this entry do stretch: oesel, is a rough country and very hard to be known by such as are on the outside of the coasts. This chart also containeth part of Curland, where standeth Derwind the chiefest city, yet known to few Sea men: and sometime (though very seldom) a small vessel or two are freighted there with clowbord and wainscot. THE SEA Coasts round abouts the Jle called Ossel With a part of Curland beginning from Dagheroort unto der Wind even as the Countrei doth show his situation that Way A LARGE DESCRIPTION OF PRUSLAND WHEREOF DANTzick is the chiefest mart. IF you will sail from he'll to Dantzyck, conde South and South & by west towards the castle of Termonde, where you must pass through the old entry from the Eastward: go in between two Buys, until you are clear of the Peerres, called kysten: where alongst lieth a new entry which now is very commodious for little vessels called boyer's. From he'll to the entry of Kingsborow, shape your course full East, where you shall commonly have two entries (viz.) the one lying South southeast up alongst the high land of Hanheer, the other E, and E, Southeast: But you must not trust much to the incertainty, because every year they change their course, sometimes Southeast, and at other times inwards South Southeast, when you are within, there is a great Lake, called the Hafr, parteth itself two ways, th'one towards Meluing, the other towards Kingsborow. Your course to Meluing lieth Southsouthwest, and South and by west, but Kingsborow beareth about six leagues East and by Northward. Moreover if you will set out from Right head towards Memell your right course is twenty leagues north-east and by East: the entrance of Memell is 2. fathom deep: being within it: turn westward, and being clear of the point anchor in 5. fathom water. Southward up lieth a notable great bay or Lake called the Haft, into which runneth Chronus the river of Memell out of Littuania, from whence cometh great store of flax: and likewise the River of Dune near unto Kingsborow: so that many streams do meet in this Lake. The Dukedom of Prusland containeth five notable mart towns viz. Danzig, Meluing, Brimburgh, Kingsbourgh and Memell, amongst them all Danzig is held for the chiefest, where every day is sold above a 1000 lasts of wheat and rye, and likewise Rafters, Pitch, Tar, Flax, Hemp, Pruse beer, commonly called jupenbeer, and many other commodities of great prize. The trade in Meluinge and Brimsburghe is of such like merchandises in great abundance: at kingsbourgh is the chiefest staple for dealebord, and clowbord. It yieldeth also great store of Wheat, Rye, Flax, Wax, Hemp, Pitch, Tar, Soap Ashes and like merchandises in such great quantity, that it may worthily be counted amongst the most famous. And so also may Memell, whose traffic is most of Flax, besides all such merchandises as may be had in kingsborough. But I purpose not to perticularize every thing that is transported thence. Notwithstanding I must confess that this is a most fertile and plentiful country, which God hath blessed above all her neighbours & other countries. THE CARD of the sea coasts of the land 〈◊〉 with all the havens and ru●●s from Memel unto Heel AN EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE COASTS OF POMERLAND and the countries adjoining. Five Leagues from Vernorde lieth right head, and from thence to Sernevisse you have 3. leagues: alongst the shore runneth a small River, which farther inwards spreadeth into a great Lake. And from Sernevisse to Liba it is five leagues where a creak goeth in called the Osse. On the East side thereof stand many little rocks or stumps, called Wollesaken. From thence unto Reefcoll, (which is a high Mountain whereby the coast is known) you have four leagues and so far lieth the Stolp or Garshead from Reescoll, where is the mouth of a little River, fit for vessels of light burden. From Garshead to Rewold it is three leagues: in that entry called Wipper you have 4. fathom. Colesbourghe lieth from Rewolde seven leagues, where also lieth a little stream or creak called Rading. Between Colesbourgh and jasmonde are reckoned 12. leagues, and do lie plain East and west the one from the other. South east and Northwest from Colsbourgh beareth the Island Borneholme, where you have round about good anchor hold. Eertholmen is distant from Borneholme two great leagues North north-east. Upon the coasts of Pomerland standeth Stattyn the principal mart town of that country, from whence is transported great store of Wheat, Rye Barley, malt, and the Beer of Mesons. There lieth also the Island of Rughen, which at sometimes yieldeth great plenty of Rye, but commonly it is restrained by the inhabitants. THE SEA CARD of the coasts of the Duchy of Pomerland in there true Situation A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW DEEP THAT STRETcheth up to Stattin and Mesound, and of the Sea coasts of Mekelenburgh, Lubeck, the Belt, Greensound, Moon. etc. IF you will sail into the new deep, set from jasmonde two leagues South Southeast towards the wood called Peert or Bock, from whence you must hold on a league Southerly. The entry turneth inward west south-west, where you have shallow water, both within and without: As you sail, set Mesound on the starboard and Stattyn on the larbord side, where is commonly calm water. Grypswolde is situate upon the very mouth of a little river before you as you go in. If you will pass through the Yell, which runneth near Dorenbosch, keep between the coasts of Barts and the Isle of Rughen, where you have but 1. or 2. fathom water, and is only for small vessels. This course may you also take to sail into Mesound: at Barts you have a little river or creek going in, which beareth only boyer's and other small vessels. south-west and by west from Witmond lieth Rostwyck 12. leagues, and is a port for small vessels, and from Rostwick to Wismere have you 7. leagues south-west, it is a good haven for all ships. Lubeck lieth from wismer first to the west South west, and then South west and by south, where is a deep channel for great ships to pass through, for the should or bar that lieth in the entry is of 12. foot depth. There have you a great Bay or a notable good haven most safe for any wind, except a North-east and a North North-east. From thence beareth Femeren eight leagues, and your course lieth from thence South south-west and North North-east. The Belt runneth in between Longland and Laland: From the coasts of Laland stretcheth out a Riff into the sea a league distant from Langland: when you have brought the Tower of Maschou Northwest from you, then do you strike upon the Riff: wherefore shape your course near Longland side in 5. fathom water, and so shall you go clear of the point called Laland Haecken. But when the said Tower beareth East North-east from you, you are passed the point, than conde Northward unto Sproy, alongst Langeland. Under the Isle of Moon is good anchor ground on both sides, albeit from the North coast there stretcheth out a Riff within which you may anchor: and on the South side there is good harborough from a North North-east, and a north-wind viz. from the North-east to the northwest side alongst hard by the point, the ground is fair and clear from rocks, as you may perceive by the chart. Geester-riff, lieth six leagues South south-west from the point of Moon. This country of Mekelenburgh uttereth sundry sorts of Beer viz. Mesan Rostroyck, and Lubeck Beer, besides much Rye, Wheat, Tallow, Wood, and skins: In the Island of Rughen, which belongeth to this Dukedom, is good store of Rye. Femer also is one of the chiefest places both for wheat, Barley, Malt, and such like things. Over against Femer lieth Laland from whence is carried at sometimes some small quantity of Barley and Malt. A TRUE AND PERFECT pourtraiete of the duchy of Mekelenburghe from jasmunde to femerens. A PERFECT POVRTRAict of the Sea coasts of Laland and the countries adjoining A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF THE BELT, AND ALL THE ISLANDS, ROCKS, Banks, shoals and Riffs, which are between Lalands Riff and Stephens head. HOw Lalandsand may be shunned, hath been showed in the former table: over against it Eggeford (in which you may sail to Flensburgh) runneth into the Belt, which thwart over against Laland Riff is 6. or 7. fathom deep. The North coast of Langland is five or six leagues Northward from hence: but the Sproy is not past three leagues to the Northwest from the Northbound of Langland, and you may sail round about it: from the South coast of it, there trendeth a riff well near a quarter of a league into the sea. The sound of Newburgh is distant from thence two leagues south-west and by West: and it is roomy and large: You must give a good birth off the Northern bulwark, because it is rocky. The entry hath 5. 6. and 7. fathom water. There is the king's custom paid. There is a little Island to the southwards of newburgh's mouth, called Frisell, that way may you sail to Flensburgh between the Island and Swyneland: In the same course you shall meet with another little Island called Omen. Groen sound, or the Northbound of Laland, is two great leagues of Sproy: And Groen sound sloweth between Zealand and Laland: but hard by Geester riff it falleth again into the Traue of Femeren: there the Belt is 10. or 12. fathom deep. The Riems lie two leagues North Northwest from the Sproy and as much from Knoutshead. Now Riems is an Island about the point of Finland, and can hardly be sailed about, for that there wants water at the West side: under it there is good road on both sides, in 6. or 7. fathom. The uttermost part of Swyneland lieth North and by West, two leagues from Riems. From hence the Isle of Samson lieth about two great leagues, on the South side whereof are many straggling shoals of two or three fathom: Between the North point of Finland and the South point of Samson you may sail into Meluersound, which runneth between Yutland and Fynland. It hath many Ports wherein ships are fraught, to wit, Flensbourgh, Hadderslo, Meluer, and many other little towns as may be seen in the particular Table. From Riems Northwest four leagues lieth a should called the Beltsack in the midst of the channel: from whence three leagues to the North north east, standeth a high Rocky Island called Wero: This course or channel hath 10. or 12. fathom. There are three or four other Rocks or Holmes to the Westward: between which in many places you may sail in small Boats, but the course is most perilous, because it is full of rocks and shoals between the Samson and the Wero. About North-east from Wero is Syro a little Island: between these two is a most dangerous sand called Hatters riff, yet keeping on your course a quarter of a league of them, you shall go clear of it: you have 4. or 5. fathom water on the side next to Wero, but on the East side of Syro, you have deeper water fit for great vessels. Redness is three great leagues South and by West from Syro: and of the North west side of Syro there is a a Riff or should to be taken heed of: Both of them in many places show above water. Stephen head lieth from these sands fives leagues North Northwest. The great Helms lie from Wero and Hatersriff two leagues, North Northwest having 4. or 5. fathom depth. From hence into Arhuse sound, your course lieth near hand West Northwest: Arhuse is seated in a Bay which hath 2. or 3. fathom depth. Southward from Arhuse sound runneth Wedersound, between Yuthland and Samson but every where full of Shoaldes: So that he that will sail it, hath need of good experience of this course: For it aboundeth with shoals and sands. But between the great Helms and Yuthland there is 6. or 7. fathom depth. Stephen's head lieth from the great Helms five leagues, first Southeast and then North North-east. Half a great league Southward of Stephen's head lieth a should of two or three foot water, called Caleground: Southward whereof there runneth in the Grymsound, in which you may sail up to Grimstead, which is a haven fit to freight Pinnaces and such like vessels. From the South point of Stephen's head lieth Aelburgh sound, Seven leagues off North and by West: In the very haven or sound there are two Buys, and there is almost two fathom water. On the West side of that Sound is a flat steeple called Hals, from whence to Haseling (which is an Island near to Codanonia or Zealand) the course is fifteen leagues almost Southeast and by east. From the North coast of Haseling about two great leagues North east and by North lie the shoaldes of Looseground or quicksand, which have not past four or five foot water. The Island may be seen in the Wast of the ship: if you set sail from out of the Sound with a West wind take heed of these shoals. But if you will set from Stephen's head towards Sebuy, you shall meet with a bank of 6. or 7. fathom, called Sweetering thwart off Aelburgh sound: But when you are come so far that the high hill behind Sebuy beginneth to appear to you Northwest and by North, set your course North northwest: and when you have shallow water, then have you the right course. The Riff or sand of Lesow hath 8. or 9 fathom water in the channel: but the shifting shoals have but 2. or 2. and a half. The Cape of Denmark called the Schaghen or Scaw, lieth six leagues North and by East from thence. The traffics of these countries are manifold: viz. Suet, Fat, and all kind of Tallow, and other merchandises, as Filbeards, Barley, Malt, Wheat, Rye, and such like. A CARD of the Beldt, with all the Sea coasts, Bounds, and Site of the countries called Laland, unto Steuens head A PLAIN DESCRIPTION OF THE UTTERMOST COAST OF JUTLAND, that stretcheth out with a point towards the farthest parts of the North sea opposite to Norway. IF you will sail from Schagen called the Scaw towards Sebuy, your right course lieth six leagues South and by west: southwards of it are dangerous scattering shoals or sands, in 2. 3. or 4. fathom, but in the channel you have 5. or 6. fathom water. The broad tower of Hals beareth from Sebuy five leagues South south-west, and South and by west, on the east side whereof is the deep of Aelburgh. In the entry are two Buys, and the Tower called Hals standeth on the Northside thereof: Aelburgh lieth three leagues from the deep up the river. Two leagues Eastward of the deep is a shoalde called Sweteryn of 6. or 7. fathom depth, which you must strike over sailing into the Belt: for in the Channel you have 10. or 11. fathom water. The Isle of Leson is all round about flat and shallow a good league into the sea, containing but 3. fathom water: but on the Southside the like depth reacheth into the Sea two leagues and it is beset with banks of 2. or 3. fathom depth: But from the South coast, where standeth a Church, stretcheth out a riff toward the East two great leagues into the sea: within which you may anchor in 6. or 7. fathom for a South southeast wind: There lieth out also from the Northside a riff a league into the sea. Tryndell beareth from hence three little leagues to the seaward North-east, and hath a should an acre and a half large and is scarce four foot deep: near to the North-east part thereof lieth always a buy, lest the ships which come from Schagen should strike upon it. The lesser Helmen beareth from Schagen four leagues South south-west, you may sail round about it for there is no danger & it is 5. fathom deep. trindel lieth from Schagen six leagues Southeast, somewhat easterly. If you come by night about Schagen to sail into the Sound, bring the watch fire, or the fire beacon itself south-west & by west from you, before you set South eastwards, for than standeth the fire beacon in the midst of the east town, and you are far enough beyond the Riff or point of Schagen, which are the surest marks by night. But if you come out of the Sound by night, set the fire beacon south south west from you before you turn about Schagen Riff up towards Hartshals: when the watch fire beareth South south-west from you, you may perceive the watch beacon five foot distant Eastwards of the eastern town, which are most certain marks to go clear of Schagen. But if you will by night pass by Schagen with an Easterly wind, take heed of the stream or currant of the Belt, for you may easily be carried under Norway where there is a deep, which you must carefully look too. Aelburg is the chiefest town of traffic of this country, from whence is transported store of Barley and Malt, besides some Hides, Tallow, and such like things. The outermost coast towards the northern sea hath a hard and dangerous shore, whereof it standeth you greatly upon to beware, for many ships do there perish, because there be no Havens nor Roads. A Description of the outermost coasts of Jutland both of the Belt side & of the North Sea side as they are situated between Aelburger Diep or haven and Rijncopen A PERFECT DESCRIPTION OF OF THE SEA COASTS OF JUTLAND CALLED Yotland and of the havens, streams, rivers and Islands thereunto belonging. THere runneth in by Bovenbergen a little creak about 2. fathom deep at half flood: if you will go in there, tarry your tide, and then hold strait into the haven as the chart showeth you: and when you are within the point, cast anchor where you have 3. fathom at full sea: for within it is shallow and most commonly dry. If you will enter the creak of Numit or Rincopen, and being come as far as the should of Reef-horne, in 3. fathom depth turn up North-east and by North, until you perceive Blewberch on your starrebord: which lieth about two leagues Southerly from the said creak: and on the sand side of the entry are two white Downs: When you have brought Blewberch, East Southeast & both the white Downs are hidden almost North-east from you, bear boldly with the Downs almost hard aboard the shore, and then shall you see the land marks upon the North coast, which when they shall be open before you ten foot distance one from another, hale alongst the shore in 2. fathom water (if you list) with your Lead: But when you are passed the two Downs turn over towards the two land marks and ride within by the North shore in 3. or 4. fathom. The entry near the Iap stretcheth inwards, North-east and by North, and North north-east. Right over against the North side of the white down standeth a broad Tower, which you must keep so, until the land marks be one: then by those marks run alongst the Iap in: & it stretcheth most North north-east inwards until you are passed the land marks: if you will go farther in, stay for a low water that you may perceive how the dry shoals and sands lie on both sides for the channel is crooked and must be sounded. Rincopen lieth inwards about three leagues, and there is eight leagues distance betwixt Numit and Sursuyt. If you will sail towards Sursuyt or Scelinckeroog coming from the North over the should called Reef-horne in 3. fathom or thereabouts, you must conde alongst the South side of this should in 6. or 7. fathom water until you see the land on the Larbord, you shall perceive a grey down called Doodbergh, hold alongst the land (which is a low sand stretching from the East to the Westward) in 3. fathom depth until you are come to the farthest end of the sand. Then turn up Westward, and being within the sands point, anchor in 3. fathom water or more. There lieth also a river or creak overright the corner or point of this sand, where a Boyer may enter in. Here is the chief place of fishing of all jutland: where a ship without either cable or anchor may be saved in time of need. From thence beareth Graew diep, three leagues South, Southeast: In the entry you have at half flood 2½ fathom: Northward of the entrance is a point, near which you may bear in 2. fathom: you may also go in there by your plumet, and cast anchor when you are passed the point: For all the whole channel is crooked sounding ground, therefore assoon as you are within the point, cast anchor. You may likewise take your course towards Fanu, in 3. fathom, and so enter alongst the South coast. There lieth inward a river or creak up into the land, whereupon standeth a little Tower called Wooer, or Woerd, and on the Westside of this River boyer's are laden: assoon as you are within Graew diep, there lieth a long sandy hill called Langleg: hale in alongst that sand and leave it on your Larbord. Knutse diep lieth from Graews diep, two great leagues, where two land marks stand upon a dry should, which you must set almost East Southeast: and East and by South, and when they are one, you shall find the first Buy: from whence hold on to the second East Southeast, until you are passed the land marks. Then have you also on the Larbord side a little should, when you are passed the same turn up Northward toward the beacons and cast anchor in 3. 4. or 5. fathom. There lie the ships that are bound outward from Rypen. On the South end of Fanu are two indifferent high white Downs, and are called the Southern head. On the North side standeth a broad Tower whereby the coast is very easily known. About a great league Southward of Fanu, lieth a little round Island called Manu, from whence stretcheth a flat, about a league and a half into the seaward. As much Southward from thence beareth the Isle of Rhyme, which is two leagues long: from thence two leagues into the sea is shallow water. The Diep of Rypen, goeth in between Rhyme and Manu, which is nought and all flat, and now a days not used by such as travel to Rypen. Silt is distant from rim a league: between these Islands goeth in the best Diep or channel of all jutland, for when the water is lowest, it is 5. or 6. fathom deep and stretcheth inwards most East Southeast, and East and by South. On the Northpart of Sylt is an high red cliff whereon standeth a church built minster like, and a mill. But within Silt you may overthrow a little Island whereon standeth a house: and when you have brought that house about a cables length Northward of the Northcoast of Sylt, and the black inland beginneth to cover the red cliff and to take it from your sight, then are you come to the entrance, and then sail in East Southeast, until you are within the Rust, which is left on the starbord side. And being past it you have yet two other small shoals by the point of Sylt from whence runneth down a violent and mighty stream towards the North coast. In the channel it is 10. 11. and 12. fathom deep. Then turn up towards the house almost Southeast, and you shall perceive in Sylt a house which is the admirals, whether you must direct your course and cast anchor, for there is safe riding in all weathers. But if you are bound up to Lutk Tonderen, you must there take in a Pilot which must sound the channel. Your course from hence to Tonderen lieth East southeast and East and by South: you may also go in by the should of the Isle of Rhyme sounding as you pass in 3. or 4. fathom. There is also a little entry hard by Sylt, which you may pass into under the same Island. But when you are clear of the Rust, turn towards rim and sail then upon the marks. Your course lieth from the Vlie to Numit North north-east more Easterly 40. leagues. From the Vlie to Scelenckrooge, you have xxxiiii. leagues north-east and by North from the Vlie to Knuyts diep, your course is north-east and most Northerly 32. leagues, and this is your way to Ripen. From the Vlie to Sylt your course lieth North-east 30. leagues, out of this part of jutland, cometh a great number of beeves, Barley, Malt, Fat, Suet, Tallow and such like. THE Situation of 〈◊〉 with the ●auens Rivers, shoals, and 〈…〉 from Boevenberger unto the isle of Silt ¶ An exact and most diligent description of Eyderste, Ditmers, and of the Sea coasts adjoining, with their true site and distances. TO sail from holy land to List or Silt Deep, your course is North, and North and by West, until you are passed the should called Amerenborne, which lieth out in seven or viii. fathom depth, almost west south west of the Isle of Ameren. From whence set North north East, vi. or seven. leagues toward the North side of Sylt or List: how this Channel is to be entered the former chart doth sufficiently instruct you. There is also a little deep, near the South shore of Sylt, fit for small vessels and fisher boats, which at half flood hath about two fathom water. On the South side of this entry, lieth a should alongst the Isle of Ameren, and from thence stretcheth down, almost 11. leagues and a half into the sea, where you have iiii. or v. fathom. By night you can come no nearer this should then in 7. fathom water, for about half a league from the Island it lieth above water. And you may anchor under the same in x. or xi. fathom: then may you see Ameren almost half a league from you, East, and East and by North. But when it shall be north East from you, or north East and by East, you are on the South side of the should, and may borrow of the shore in four or five fathom. Then sail in between Ameren and the said should North, and north and by East, towards the North Coast of the Island. But about Ameren you must go with your lead until you have brought it Southward of you, where you shall anchor between the shoals of Sylt and Ameren, which are both dry at low water. There is safe riding in five or two fathom at half flood for any wind. And if it happen that you are put to anchor under the same with a ship that draweth much water, bring the north part of Ameren North and by East from you, and hold on to the North Coast of Ameren until you are clear of the should: where you may anchor in what place you list, because it is there deep enough. This entry is called the Red deep. If coming from the sea you will sail in here, set the highest Down of Ameren south East. Sail in between the should and the banks of the narrow deep called Small Deep, until you are come near the Coast of Ameren. And borrow alongst of the shore in vi. or seven. fathom until you are passed the north point of the Island, and set the Island South from you. But this entry is not for ships of burden. The Fishermen of Voren do use this place both for their going in and out on the South side of Sylt. And if you will bear in with Small Deep, bring the Tower of Pielwormen East and by North, and the highest down of Ameren North. Sail in North north East by the out shoals, but when you are within a little way, hold on north East and by north to Voren, keeping the Isle of Voren on your larboard, and the north Maze on your starreboord side. The Small Deep hath at half flood two fathom and a half. But if you will sail from holy land to the River of Hever, set north east a little more easterly: when you have brought the Tower of Pielworme north East & by north, & a Cables length northward of the southern Koehuse, or cowhouse, you are at the outermost buy. Thence hold on to the second north East, and north-east & by East and the tower of Pielwormen will stand north north-east. but continue your course from the second buy to the two first Beacons north east & by East: and from thence to the other two middle East north-east: and then north-east and by east to th'other like marks, but all these marks stand on the starboard as you go into the River of Hever. There is a four square deep stretching to Huis bridge. The entry of the north Hever lieth near Suderoge which is a very little Island having three or four rows of houses in it: but at the should alled Quaghe it meeteth again with the right Channel. There is also a safe Road between Pelworme and Suderoge, but bear somewhat a loof of the west side of Suderoge, for there lieth out from thence a small sand: wherefore sail in alongst the land of Pelworme, and you shall see a green Island called Nubell, where you may anchor on the west side in four or five fathom, for there is safe riding for ships freighted and ready to go out. But if you will to Huyse, you may set the Isle of Nubell on your larboard side, and return again into Huyse-deepe. There is also a Channel or entry near the land of Eydorsteede, leave the should called Quaghe on the larboard side, and enter north, north-east, until you are passed the Beakons which stand upon Quaghe, and when you are come again to the true Channel of Hevar, which lieth innards most north-east and by east, in the very entry of Hevar you have three fathom water, but on the shoalde called Suidbalge only two and a half. But if you will go from holy Island to Eyder: shape your course east and by north, till you perceive the Tower of Gartingen on the south side of the Downs, and north-east and by north from you. By these marks sail alongst by the should called Blaewart as long as you have v. or vi fathom, where you may gauge water. But when you have brought Wisselen-beeren east and by north at v. or vi. fathom enter east southeast and east and by south, turning sometimes eastward, until you are clear of the new ground: for than will the Beacon upon the should of the Hont stand south southeast from you. But when the Church of Taringhen appeareth a ships length eastward of the Village Ees, you are passed the new ground. Then hold on about a league and half north north-east towards the Green land called Coeberge: and if you are to take in any Oxen, hale alongst this shore north north-east, bearing sometimes somewhat more easterly to Vlckehorne: into the Channel called Doodebalge which you must warp out of. But when you are right against the south side of Coeberge, there you enter into the Channel called Hetlanddeep which stretcheth down from the little Downs on the south-west: and from thence reacheth Eyder strait up to ●onnenghen, first east, and east & by north alongst Dinners shore & then North-east to Tonnenghen. The depth of Eyder is almost in every place like, and at half flood it hath v. vi. or seven. fathom. If you will from Eyder to the Pipe, set small sail a while until the Church of Tatinghen appear right to the most easterly house of Ees. Then sail between the uttermost part of Hont and the should of Blaeworte, about a quarter of a mile: where at half flood you shall find two fathom and a half water: so holding on a little, you shall come to the Channel, of Pipe, in v. or vi. fathom. There set almost east southeast until you are passed the Beacon, and from thence southeast and by east, somewhat more southerly towards the shoals of Hunen, whereon standeth a Beacon, and there have you safe harborough for any wind: you may also turn in northward within the Riff or should, and anchor before Buysen. If you will go from Buysen to the Elue: run through the Channel called Black stroome almost south-west, where you have in the way two or three Beacons, set them on the starboard side as you sail out, and you shall enter the Elue near unto the seventh buy. And then shall you have Neweworke almost south-west from you. If you will sail to the Elue from holy land, your course is southeast and by east, and when the marks are one, you find the outermost or first buy, and the Neweworke will stand from you southeast and by south, from the first buy to the second, set east, and east and by south. And from thence to the buy that lieth by the new entry, east north-east, and north-east and by east. This buy lieth from the Neweworke south, and south and by east. Hold on from the buy called Coolton, to the fourth buy north-east, somewhat more easterly: from whence to the fift buy east north-east, and from the fift to the sixth sail east somewhat to the northwards. The sixth buy and the New work, lie south-west and by south, and the north east and by north. These buys lie not as they were wont, but are new placed in a rank not far from the New shoals: wherefore look diligently to your tide, about these four or five buys, for the flood entereth southeasterly through the new shoals, and the ebb contrariwise setteth through the northern shoals: but you may sound the new shoals in v. or vi fathom (viz.) from the fourth buy to the farthest part of the new shoalder from the vi. buy to the seven. your course lieth east and by south, and east southeast: and from the seven. to the viii. southeast, and south east and by east, and from thence to the ninth, where the should is called Kos, southeast, and southeast and by south: then from this buy to the should called Meem: southeast and by east, & from Meem to Crutporte. or the first buy which lieth in the open stream, east southeast: and then set towards the should called Pilgrimsand, or the buy in Dost east and by south, which you may sail unto in four or v. fathom water: from thence to Brunsbuttell hold eastward, next to the should of Saltshorne or Friburghe eastward alongst the north shore, then keep east southeast alongst the north shore, to the buy which lieth over against Steur, and then forwards to the buy that lieth upon Rugero●tesande southeast and southeast and by east. This buy is right against Bilenburghe in the midst of the Channel, and there have you also an other buy. Now keep on south southeast from Rugerorie to the buy upon Stadersand, leaving the buy on the starboard and the Fisher's stakes on the larboard side, from thence to the buy in the Channel called Willern● Vliet, or Luy, southeast, and southeast and by south: and so to the buy of Terloo east southeast: and from thence hold eastward to the buy in Hanneball: but from Hanneball you must ply towards the buy upon the should called Blanckenewsand east, and east and by north: keep this buy answering to the great tree upon Blancknewsand, haling northward alongst the shore to the fishing place, and from thence edge southeast to the buy that lieth upon Bucht, so to Ecchour east by north, and where you have 3. or 4. fa water as your course lieth. The Elue hath xiiii. or xv. fa. without the Channel, and a little from Scorton buy lieth Honts balch stretching inwards for the most part south southeast and south and by east to the Beacons which stand on the west side, but without it is wide & large and serveth for small Vessels to pass by the should called Wadt into the Weser. Between the Weser & Honts balch are two other Roads called Balgen. If you be distressed about the southern shoals called Sudergronden, sail to them in five or six fa. water. & after hale alongst by them but when you shall have found a greater depth (viz.) viii. or ix. fa. and that you gauge water, you are come to the other shoalde. They lie both innards east southeast: and all the shores may be sounded until you have a safe Road within the shoals. The southern or western should called Breebalge lieth a kenning from the New work. If you will sail into the Weeser shape your course towards the Island called Wrangeroaghe in seven. fathom water: then edge north-east, till you have x. or xi. fathom depth, where lieth the uttermost buy north northwest of Menser Church, and at the outermost part or end of Red sand. From thence hold on to the fift buy eastward which lieth at the head of the Red sand, and north and by east of Menser Church, on the north side thereof beginneth the middle should called the Midleplate: between which, and the white grounds you may pass with your plummet in four fathom water to go to the Elue. for the shoaldes called white ground are but three or four fathom deep The flood sets into this Channel or course by the Red sand southeast. and the ebb contrariwise from the buy at the head of the should, to the buy that lieth in the main Channel or way southeast and southeast and by south. And in the same way lieth also an other buy, and the course from the true depth to the buy called Nolletton is south east somewhat more easterly: and this buy lieth at the end of the high way called the Hoogs wegh. And from thence to the buy in Bolsserfile southeast a little more southerly, from thence to the wicker mark called the Bolbaecken, south southeast, which being past you shall find an other Beacon, where you have good harborough for a west wind. From the mark called Bolbaecken to the buy in the open Channel set southeast more easterly, or from the other said mark east southeast, and southeast and by east. That buy lieth north north-east of Longworde Church. And the Boelbaecken beareth northward of the same Church your course from the first buy of this should to the next, lieth east southeast, & southeast and by east, and it is at the end or foot of Cappelmans' sand, you may pass on the west side of it in two fa. & a half at half flood. Between these buys are two or three Beakons which you must leave on the larboard, you may sail from the innermost buy of the should by Cappelmans' sand, toward Waddens southeast and south southeast, then alongst the west shore to Blixen, where is the Road for ships that go out. But if you go to the Wester Weser called jaa, hold on towards the Island Wrangeroghe in four or five fathom water, and sail in eastward till you are passed the said Island, where you have the first buy at the point of Steenbalge should, which you may sail in by at three or four fathom water, where also Mensser Church standeth south from you, from thence set east southeast to the second and third buys: east and by south from thence lieth a buy called jaa tun: from hence you may almost perceive an other buy in Weeser Channel, north and north and by east. From the buy upon the should called Mensser-olde-ort, to Scollich-ort or Huick-syll, keep south and south and by west: but from Huick-syll, alongst the west shore, south and south and by east: and from Huick-syll to Sypkes sand east southeast and southeast and by south, you may sail by the should of Sypkessand but hold alongst the east shore till you come to the passage, then turn westward and let fall anchor: it is there large and wide, and full of little Islands inwards. The worst depth of the jaa is of three fathom. But if you will into Harle deep, set towards the Island Spickerooges in three or four fathom where you shall enter eastward, and there you have the outmost buy, from whence you may go to the next, east, and east and by south: where at half flood is two fathom depth: and a little after you are passed this other buy, there lieth a should which you may pass by on both sides, and your course then lieth south south-west, and otherwhile more southerly to Fouksyle. There lieth out from the west point of the island Spikerooghe a riff, sail in on the southside of that riff, at the entry called Ossebalche alongst the Island called Langerooche in three or four fathom, but in the very enttry within the ryffe you have only two fathom water, but when you are come to the farthest part of the Isle Langerooche bear towards the riff, for between that and the should is 7. or 8. fathom water. when you are clear off the should, hold on southeast, then towards the Wester Wadt more east, and south southeast. The enter course and traffic of these Coasts and Havens is of many sundry kinds of merchandises, as Soap Ashes, wheat, Rye and Barley. They yield also salt and dry: Mydes, sawed Board's, Timber, Pitch, Tar, Hamborough Bear, Tallow etc. And many other commodities. But the chiefest and principal Mart of these countries is Hamboroughe. A DESCRIPTION OF THE Sea coasts of Eyder Ditmerstet a part of Jeverland with the Rivers of Wese, Elue Eyder, Hever, and other entries sands and shoals, lying alongst thes sea coast of Germany. A MOST EXACT DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA COASTS OF FRIESLAND, WITH the rivers of Weser and Emes, and of Scholbalch. IF you will sail into the Weser, shape your course towards the Isle of Wrangerough in 9 fathom: but take heed of the wester Weser, which goeth in near the Island of Wrangerough. From hence hold on North-east until you come to the first Buy, and then will Menset bear South Southeast from you. Menser church that standeth in Vrow land, is square and hath no steeple: your right course from the first Buy to the fift lieth for the most part East and East and by North. And when you are come to the fift Buy Menser will stand to your sight South south-west. Then go South southeast to the Buy that lieth upon the Maller: and from thence to the Buy in the channel Southeast: and so forward to the Buy that lieth in Bolsersyle, Southeast and by south: and being past it, conde towards the South coast, where you have two beacons, and safe harborough for a west wind. And you may turn over into the river of jad, by the point of the red sand: for there lieth a Buy between the fair way and the red sand. If you will sail into East Eames, it stretcheth in alongst by Borckomfriff, East Southeast: wherefore if you come from the East, bring the Tower of Borckom South and by East from you, and go in towards Borckoms' shore in 4. or 5. fathom: then hale so alongst the shore till the tower be South south-west from you. Then turn up towards jayst, for you are clear of the Riff, so that you cannot strike upon the same. And when you are passed the East end of borckom called Hooghen horn, you find high sands on both sides: and on the west side stand beacons where you may sail in from beacon to beacon: for so long as Norden Tower and the Island come not together, you incur no danger in the East Eams: but when that Tower is one with the Isle of bant, you meet with a bank or should called Kings-platt: wherefore keep alongst the west shore from beacon to beacon to Pelsommer should and you shall go safe. But if you will bear in with the wester Emes, bring the Island called the Bosch south and by East, and the west end of Rottom Southeast from you & the shore marks in one, & sail in so to the first Buy where it is 6. fathom deep: from thence to the second Buy East, and East and by North which lieth at low water in 4. fathom: and so forward to the third Buy Eastward where you have at low water 5. fathom: and from thence hold on to the other two Buys East and by South, where it is 6. fathom deep, and sometime more, as 7. or 8. fathom: until you come unto Hubets should: and keep then most alongst by the Riff to Borckom East southeast: from borckom unto the Ranzeel South East and by East: and from Ranzeel to the Buy that lieth upon the should called Ruyd, East Southeast. On the west side of it stand 3. beacons: from that Buy towards Eamshorne set East Southeast where are two beacons betwixt: but when you are past Emes-horne, hold on sometimes Southeast, South southeast, South, and at last South south west, towards Groninger land thorough the straits, where also upon the west shore you have three beacons: & from thence hale alongst near the coasts of Groninger, southeast, and East southeast, that you may go clear of the should called Paep: which lieth opposite to Delfsyll, and appeareth above water at a low ebb. And when you have gotten Fermsum, cross over towards Knock lest you strike on the should called Riddersant. And then must you keep alongst the coast of Eamden two cables length off to Loegen. By Knock is the road for ships that go out. But if you will sail into Scholbalch, you find two Buys in the very entry which stretcheth inwards by the should called Peerdemart. Bring the shore marks of the Island Schirmonick-ooghe in one, and sail alongst the said should from the first Buy to the second, until you are hard aboard Schirmenick-oogh. Then enter in South south-west and turn up southward, and at the last south southeast to the bank. And so run thorough the channel toward Groningh southeast, and towards Dockum south. There lieth also an entry on the Eastside, which stretcheth in south-west alongst the Island schirmonicke-ooghe, until you are passed the beacons of scholbalch. And by the schelling runneth in born diep, where you have 3. or 4. fathom water: fail in leaving Boren Riff on your Larbord, for the most part East, and East southeast to the coast of Ameland. The traffic of these countries is not very great: some corn is transported from the Weser and good store of bremer beer, crooked wood, and like things out of Oudenburgh, where Breme is the chiefest tower. The greatest intercourse by sea is at Emden: but such abundance of Butter, Cheese Bacon, Barley, beans, Pease and such like merchandise is transported from Gronighe, and Friesland, as sufficeth for the substance almost of all the low countries and german, to the great benefit and commodity of the inhabitants. A DESCRIPTION OF the Sea ●coastes of East Frysland with all their banks Sands and bekons